Insidious Meme

Normie Krazie – 03-19-2024

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Episode Summary:

The document by Clif High, titled "Normie Krazie," delves into the prevailing issues of mental illness, societal manipulation by elite groups, and the foreseen consequences of these actions on society. High argues that mental illness is rampant, exacerbated by environmental factors and societal structures designed by those in power to maintain control. He criticizes the so-called "Elohim Worship Cult" and associates them with a broader conspiracy to destabilize society through various means, including dietary, environmental, and medical manipulation.

Mental Illness and Societal Impact

According to High, mental illness is not only widespread but also nurtured by intentional actions of those in power. He points to chemtrails, poor diet, and misinformation as tools used to enhance societal instability. High describes a societal pyramid where the elite, whom he claims are mentally ill themselves, exploit the masses, leading to increased mental health issues among the general population.

Manipulation by the Elite

The document strongly criticizes the elite, alleging they engage in practices that harm societal well-being for their benefit. High asserts that these individuals, through their control over media, economy, and health systems, orchestrate events to ensure their continued dominance. This includes manipulating the narrative around vaccines and promoting harmful health practices.

Vaccine Criticism and Predicted Die-Off

One of the more controversial aspects of the document is its prediction of a significant die-off as a result of vaccine administration. High suggests that the elite's manipulation of health narratives will lead to widespread health crises, including cancer and shortened life expectancies. He bases these predictions on what he describes as flawed actuarial calculations and hidden agendas to reduce the global population.

Global Revolution and Societal Collapse

High anticipates a global revolution as the public becomes aware of the manipulation and harm caused by the elite. He predicts that this will lead to a rejection of current governance and legal systems, with the populace turning to common law courts and direct action against those they hold responsible. This societal shift is seen as both inevitable and necessary for the restoration of societal health and justice.

Economic Predictions

The document also touches on economic predictions, foreseeing massive fluctuations in the stock market, a collapse of the dollar, and a shift towards cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin. High views these economic upheavals as part of the broader societal transformation and a move away from traditional financial systems controlled by the elite.

Conclusion

In conclusion, "Normie Krazie" presents a bleak view of the current societal trajectory, influenced heavily by what High perceives as the malign actions of a ruling elite. However, he also sees hope in the potential for global revolution and societal restructuring towards more equitable and transparent systems. While the document's themes are controversial, they reflect a deep-seated distrust of the status quo and a call for radical change.

#mentalIllness #society #ElohimCult #psychopaths #vaccine #revolution #media #economy #Deagle #mRNA #pharmaceuticals #globalRevolution #chemtrails #diet #health #manipulation #conspiracy #governance #stockMarket #cryptocurrency #Bitcoin #fraud #legalSystem #commonLaw #arrests #socialCollapse #EconomicWoes #Talmud #Judaism #spaceAliens #worship #prediction #manipulationTechniques #bigPharma #normieCrisis

Key Takeaways:
  • Mental illness is widespread and exacerbated by societal factors.
  • The document criticizes those in power for manipulating societal structures.
  • There's a detailed discussion on the negative impacts of vaccines and predictions of a major die-off.
  • It highlights the role of media and economic systems in societal manipulation.
  • The text contains predictions about a global revolution and societal collapse.
Predictions:
  • 250,000,000 deaths in the United States between 2024 and 2025.
  • Major societal collapse and degradation of the dollar.
  • Normies experiencing sudden mental illness leading to chaos in summer.
  • Global revolution and rejection of current governance and legal systems.
Key Players:
  • Elohim Worship Cult
  • Pharisees
  • Deagle
  • Babylonian Talmud
  • Bill Gates (mentioned as a comparison, not directly involved)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Normie Krazie - 03-19-2024

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's the 19th. It's about 1030 or so, heading back out.

Let's talk about mental illness for a while. Everybody's got some level of it, and it can transitory, or you could have it as a state of being that it would dominate you all the time. But mental illness is pretty rampant on our planet, especially these days. We are doing things that exacerbate the tendency for humans to develop mental illness anyway. The things like the chemtrails, the bad diet, the seed oils, the chemicals in the food, the fake food, all of this kind of shit, and the web.

Okay, so we live in a social order where the crazies are at the top, and there's a little tiny bulge of people in the middle that are more or less sane, but then you drop down below them, and the pressures on those individuals raised in the lower echelons of financial and social interaction and stuff, that group, that cohort, gets back into severe mental illness because of the nature of our society and how we stratify. But right at the moment, the mother weppers are in charge, and these people are clinically insane. Okay? So they would be diagnosed as psychopaths and sociopaths. So it is true, the insane are running the planet, right?

So the inmates are in charge of the asylum, and that's our real issue at the moment. And so this is what we are addressing. This is what we're going to take apart and get rid of within our social order. Is this lunacy at the top directing everything? So the lunatics at the top are Elohim worship cultists?

They worship space aliens. I'm not shitting you. They worship them. And some of their space aliens would be very easily categorized as Satan or Lucifer or evil or whatever. So these people are evil anyway.

They've done things to fuck up the diet, they've done things to fuck up the air, the water, and so on, quite deliberately, in order to try and induce as much mental illness as possible in the population at large, such that everything is not solid, it's in flux, it has a slightly unsteady vibration, et cetera, so that they can stay in charge.

So they may be mentally ill, but they're not necessarily without the ability to plot and plan. So they're clever. They're not particularly smart. Smart is the definition of applying your intelligence to your own life. These people don't do that.

Okay, so they're not smart, but they are clever. And they're very much organizational beings, and they really do know how to work organizations and create protocols and procedures and stuff that have a tendency to boost their power base. So the Elohim worship cult, who we call Jews, right? So the Elohim worship cult has surrounded themselves by groups of people that are.

That are their shield, okay? And so their shield is that you can't find them within the larger mass of the Jews, and they set it up. So you can't criticize the Jews. Therefore, you can't criticize the Elohim worship cult that's buried in the middle of them, in any event. So we're coming up to.

Or we are in global revolution now. All right? So this started several years ago, as all the people started pushing back against the censorship, the fake disease, all of that crap, right? And so we started getting pushback. That pushback was the revolutionary impulse of saying to authority, fuck you all.

We're not doing that. And they kept on in their plans because they have no choice. Psychopaths are like that. They're kind of like squirrels on a treadmill in terms of their minds that if they get in an idea that they think they need to do, they can't shed that idea. They can't give it up.

Their mind won't allow them to do that. And they spin in on it, and it becomes a very brittle kind of a mindset. But they will reinforce it and reinforce it. This is part of their psychopathy anyway. So the psychopaths in charge of everything are expecting a very large level of a die off, okay?

Their calculations are such that they think that we're going to meet the deagle numbers, which means that over between the next two years, between in this year 2024 and 2025, we will have 250,000,000 deaths or something like that in the United States. In order to reduce us down to the population that Deagle said we would have in 2025, bearing in mind that Deagle is an intelligence agency subcontracting site, right? That this is an op put out by them. It gets really complicated. These people have to do signal magic, which is they've got to state things in order for it to occur.

They need the vibration, they need to discuss it. They need to say it in order that it might be actualized or manifest. These people are not particularly subtle. The Elohim worship cult, the Pharisees, at the core of the Jews. So, basically, you can think of it this way.

Judaism is the Pharisees moving their Moloch sacrificed death cult into, first a polytheistic religion and then a monotheistic religion claim. All right? So the Pharisees hid their evil and they put it into the Babylonian Talmud, wrote it all down, and then have engineered things such that you don't read the Talmud, so you don't know all the shit that's in there, but you think it's a legit religion. Like, you think the Talmud is kind of like the Bible or something. It is not.

And you'd be well advised to go and just peruse it. Just get on yandex.com and haul up a copy of the Talmud in whatever your language is, and start reading it and just jump around and read the various different forms of commentary and stuff and see what it's talking about. Don't take my word for it. I find it quite disgusting and foul, but like I say, don't take my word for it. Anyway, the Elohim worship cult is doing all of this stuff to try and meet these deagle numbers.

They had all this stuff set up. We're on a schedule. That was for 2051, was when we were supposed to go into the great reset. Then they had to move it forward to 2030. Then they had to move it even further forward down to trying to do it within the pandemic.

It wasn't supposed to work that way, right? They were supposed to have the pandemic that would have occupied us all through the. Then lots and lots and lots of people would have died. 465,000,000 is what they were estimating around the northern hemisphere. Then we would have gotten into, as we are now into the replacement, quote, migration, which really they're just putting these people on airplanes and flying them around to be slaves in different areas and do what they're told.

It's not going to work out for them quite like they think. But in any event, we were supposed to have this major die off, and it may well be that we get into that. So I don't have the ability to do giant web scraping the way I used to for a lot of different reasons.

So I only have limited data sets. However, my limited data sets are saying that we're going to be in this year. We are going to experience a major die off that won't reach public attention until probably the end of summer. That's when maybe we'll get some. I mean, a lot of people are aware of it now, all the people dying, cancer and so on, right?

Oncologists, you can't get in. It's months long waits, et cetera, et cetera. But by the end of summer, we should have some level of generalized discussion about the effects on the population of the experimental vaccine. All right, so actuarial tables are now stating that as of, like a couple of months ago, the calculations were that if you took two shots and a booster, you'd taken 24 years off your life on average. Okay, so you had reduced your life expectancy by 24 years according to this actuarial calculation.

Now, the actuarial calculation, this goes back to the idea of don't take this shit on face value. You go and you look into the calculation, you find out that it's only responding to vaccine problems from people six weeks after the vaccine. So if you died in those first six weeks from the vaccine, which a lot of people did, then they're not taking that into account in order in the calculation of the average. Okay, so if you were 20 years old, you took the vaccine and you die within those six weeks from taking the vaccine, then we could say, presumably based on your ethnicity and all this kind of stuff, we could come up with some calculation and say you were 20 and you probably would have died at 65. Right.

Just taking a guess here, just for average kind of things. So you have lost 45 years off your life. Or if you were eight years old and you took the vaccine and you died, maybe you would have died at 70 years and so you lost 62 years off your life. None of these calculations are entering into this 24 year actuarial thing, which is based on you having survived six weeks of the post vaccine, of post booster because you had to have all three in order to get in on this actuarial analysis. So anyway, though, the expectation was and is on the part of the evil ones, the Elohim worship cult, the Pharisees, at the core of the israeli power structure, the expectation is that we're going to have a giant social collapse, Allah Deagle, and that we're entering into it this year.

Now, there is some small amount of information in my data sets that could go towards that idea, but not directly. Okay, so some of the data sets are suggesting that we're going to have these situations where normies are going to literally just go insane in ways we haven't seen before, acting out in ways we haven't seen before, when this information comes to them, that they have shortened their lives by that much in taking the vaccine, potentially. Okay, so a lot of people got saline. There's some estimations that it was at least a third of the quote shots were simply saline.

I didn't get into any of the details. You can really research that on your own. If you want. But in any event, though, so the data was suggesting that a lot of the Normie guys are just going to flip out and do damage. And we've seen that in New Zealand.

There's been what they call a GP, a general practitioner doctor. Who was killed by one of the people that he gave the shot to. When that person started developing cancers. And this sort of thing, right?

This has happened in other areas. It's not being reported. But I'm expecting that we'll have a lot of that kind of acting out, among other things, right? So wouldn't surprise me to see someone go terribly crazy with this kind of news. And decide to react in a political fashion, right?

Like, I don't know, anyway, doing things that would be unwise and illegal sort of thing. But a direct reaction to having been slowly murdered in a terrible way. By the psychological op of COVID Leading to you taking a bioweapon. And in my opinion, by the way, there is no redeeming quality, okay? So there is no redeeming quality to the use of mRNA in any fashion.

And by the way, there was no mRNA in any of these shots. We know this, okay? Because mRNA has to be kept chilled at -80 degrees. And then it takes timed 22 minutes. So you have to time it once you get it out of the freezer.

Because from 22 minutes to 25 minutes, that's your window, right? So that's all you've got with mRNA after a few minutes of it being good. And then just having just, let's say. And add another five minutes on the other side of it. For variation in air temperature and stuff.

That's it. So a half an hour after you pull it out of the freezer, you've got to throw it away. And we note that they're not super refrigerating any of this. There's no super refrigerators in any of these pharmacies. Ergo, there is no mRNA in this.

Now, I know this is the case from having talked with people in the pharmaceutical business. And knowing people in the production side of pharmaceuticals. And they're just as baffled as I am. These guys have never examined any. I haven't even got my hands on any of the stuff to examine.

In terms of actually getting a sample to see what's in there. But if it's not refrigerated, it can't have mRNA in it. At least that's everybody's understanding. That's dealing with the biology here. And it's got to be basically frozen.

I mean, like super frozen. To keep this stuff stable long enough to be able to get it into you and its half life in your body as mRNA is relatively short. That is, it is absorbed and put to use within minutes. Kind of a deal, right? So we don't have, they've got lipid nanoparticles, they got all kinds of shit.

They got DNA in there, they've got cancer causing agents, all kinds of shit. But insofar as anybody can determine, there's no mRNA in there. Plus, okay, so now the thing about the mRNA and its use is that, in my opinion, it's not justified. Okay? So the way that they're thinking about mRNA and using it as a transport vehicle for various different kinds of effective elements to put in the human body, I don't believe it to be valid, but we'll see over time, in any event, though, so the data sets are showing that the normie population is going to really come unglued late this summer.

There will be a bunch of information that will come out, we'll be much deeper into the economic woes and the system collapse. We will have had some very dramatic, um, stuff go on here. Sorry, I get distracted. There's a lumber mill that's operating that hadn't been operating, and they've got a sign out there. So I'm going to have to come back, talk to them about what they're producing, and if I want to buy some of it for my house edition.

And I'm still looking to get an engineering done on it. The first guy crapped out and I can't get hold of him, and he doesn't respond. So anyway, I've got to get that done. Okay, so the Elohim worship cult is expecting this giant bloom of cancers. They're expecting that we'll have 250,000,000 people die off in two years in order to reach the numbers projected by the deagle guys.

Right? And then also that means that most of the rest of the population would be seriously impacted and sick and disabled. It's not really going that way because we don't have anywhere close to the projected levels of shot uptake that they had originally thought would occur. They were looking at a real base at about 80%, and I don't think we achieved that anywhere. A lot of that was basically bogus.

We've thrown away so many doses, and I've seen it here in our local pharmacy. I just happened to see them throw out four boxes of these little vials. Right? I should have grabbed one then. This was some time back, but I didn't anyway.

So we're going to go through that. The normies are going to go crazy once they really start understanding the situation. And it will be a very ugly time this summer. Right? It's going to be quite chaotic at the same time as all that's going on that will participate in the global revolution.

Which is why I'm saying that the data seems to indicate that some of these people that are going to be dealing with a sudden onset of mental illness as a result of the situation, as a result of the circumstances and what's happening to their bodies and stuff, all of this is going to be burdensome to us, but also somewhat sudden in terms of the outbreak. It'll just start showing up in media, because media is going to be changing along with the financial stuff. So basically what's going to happen is that we're going to have continuing degradation of the dollar towards an ultimate collapse point. In the process of that, we're going to have massive stock market fluctuations and steadily increasing pressure on cryptos, gold and silver.

No, I'm not buying into the idea of an April crash, certainly not in cryptos. We always have a particular pattern for bitcoin and the other cryptos relative to the having, and we're there now. So we're in this little pullback now. This is ahead of the having period. You'll note that every time we go through one of these, where they cut the reward for mining, where the algorithm cuts the reward for mining in half, that by the time that that comes around, bitcoin has essentially doubled or more in price, such that the miners are still healthy, still staying even with the whole process of the degradation of the underlying fiat currencies that we have to convert bitcoin into.

So anyway, so I expect that we'll have this right at the moment we're in the dip, and then we'll start rising on up. We'll have the having. It will continue sometime beyond that in terms of rising up, and that will be against the pressure of the stock market going and doing weird shit up and down, up and down, crack up, boom just is hard to say as to how it's going to manifest. Contratif said that they would print, print, print till it all collapsed. The words crack up, boom are from von Mises, an economist, and he had a particular kind of an understanding of.

Actually, it will probably play out as von Mises saw it, which was crazy gyrations leading to many, many new highs, and then they would instantly crash out, and then it come back to that high in the next day or so. So constantly seeking new highs and falling back. And that was his understanding of how it would go. I think that it's ultimately that that's simply a small, minor pattern within contratif's understanding and that while that will indeed play out our larger understanding, our larger pattern is going to be ever increasing highs in the stock market up to the point that one day there is sort of a pullback and there's no buyers. So you can try and sell as much as you want, but there's just no buyers.

This could get real weird because of all the rehypothation, right? So you don't really own the stocks, you just have an account somewhere where somebody said that they put the stocks in your account and there's really no actual trading, so to speak, going on. It's all computer driven, et cetera, right? And it's all related to the quantity of printing of the fiat currency. And so we're coming up to that point where the system simply will not be able to maintain itself that much longer.

During this period of time, as we get into this further reduction in the overall economic structure and the further degradation of the social order, getting up to that point where we have a very energetic summer, we will start seeing the degradation of the governance body. And that's one of my last temporal markers before everything going completely crazy. And then we get into open revolution, right? Where people are forming common law courts, they're constituting arrest warrants, and they'll be contacting sheriffs and the military to run out and arrest politicians for all of the different things, fraud, boat theft, et cetera, et cetera. And so that's coming, we probably start seeing a lot of that, or some of it anyway, develop over early summer and then start really start ballooning up as everybody gets the word and it starts spreading.

Then you'll just start seeing these courts forming everywhere. And we'll start abandoning the maritime court system that we have now. So it won't be any point to suing the pharmaceutical companies in the maritime court system. So someone will take, I can't think of the name of it, but it's a writ of having caused harm. And they will go and they'll arrest all the pharmaceutical guys in wherever the pharmaceutical guys happen to be.

At one point, our data is suggesting that there's going to be some guy, maybe he's into the big pharma, I don't know, but we'll know him, right? So we'll know when it happens, because this is going to be a famous fellow. Know he's already famous. He's gonna get a lot more famous after this happens. But he's gonna land somewhere.

And the data suggested that it was an airport in Texas, Louisiana, somewhere south, right? He's going to land in an airport and there's going to be a bunch of citizens that will detain him and he's going to fucking freak. And there's going to be too many citizens there and he's going to be too hated for his calls for the police to save him to work. And so this guy, maybe, I don't think it'll be anybody like Bill Gates, but it might be someone at that level of fame, right? And they'll just haul him off and put him in a local jail and proceedings will start against him.

And the mainstream media is going to freak, right? They're just going to lose their shit and the police and stuff won't do anything. And there will even at that point be calls for invasions of wherever the state is that this occurs by another state's military in order to free this guy. Now, none of that shit's going to happen. This will all be verbiage, but it's going to be excitatory.

Very exciting about the activity, about this whole process. So we're only a few months away from that beginning. That will continue for years. It's going to take us years to work our way through all of the shit that the mental illness of the mother Weffer psychopaths have put on us. Anyway, guys, I'm here now and I got to take apart one car and put a battery in and get some other stuff going here and also deal with mine and everybody else's mental illness.

So take care. Going to be very energetic summer, spring and summer.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What’s Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group – 09-15-2023

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High discusses a data collection method that indicates a significant upcoming event. Both his and another independent method suggest that "the shit may be hitting the fan." The future is described as not being fully formed, and the uncertainty of events is emphasized. The discussion touches on the idea that if enough people are aware of a potential event, it might change its outcome. The level of public consciousness can prevent hidden agendas from being executed. The future is visualized as a horizontal tornado, with events and timelines not being fixed. Remote viewers see chunks of the future, and the closer they are to an event, the more accurate their predictions. The conversation also touches on the idea of building tension and its release, with the current tension being described as unprecedented. The data suggests a significant event, possibly an attack, that will be covered up to appear natural. The emotional response to this event is predicted to be 13 times that of 9/11.

#CliffHigh #DataCollection #UpcomingEvent #Future #PublicAwareness #Tornado #RemoteViewers #Prediction #Tension #Attack #CoverUp #EmotionalResponse #9/11 #Significance #Uncertainty #Consciousness #Timeline #Emotion #Release #BuildingTension #NaturalEvent #Language #Impact #Decision #Cover

13 Times the Impact of 9/11: What's Coming Next? 🚨 w Dick Allgire of Future Forecasting Group - 09-15-2023

All right, cliff High, you have data from your collection method, which was obtained independently from our collection method, but both seem to be indicating an event. I mean, the shit may be hitting the fan. Is that an accurate summary? That's a fair characterization indeed. And we got to take into this into account the May.

All right? So I liked when Daz talked about in your presentation, he talked about that this particular future may not be fully formed. It's not mere hours, it's months, probably, right? And so I agree with him. And the may aspect is what has me motivated to tell people about this, right?

Because we don't know, all right? So we don't know if enough people knew that they were going to do attack on Lahaina. And if enough people were standing there watching for it, would it have happened? Would they have dared to do it? Right?

At some point, the level of consciousness of the body politic will overwhelm their ability to hide things, and that is a big barrier for them, right? They can't be called out on this. So now in the future, Oprah is going to be called out on all the activity in Lahaina. As will Rox, whatever the guy's name is, and all of Bezos and all of these other people directly as they're trying to do other things. And so it'll intrude on their lives to the point that it will affect their lives.

Now, if we'd had this on MoS, if everybody in the United States thought or I don't say everybody, but I mean a significant portion of the non normies. So if we thought that there were 30% normies that are just not going to wake up at this point for any reason, but there's 30% of the population that is awake and 30% of the population that is in flux. Well, perhaps we could get 40 or 50% of the population to focus on wherever the attack might happen, that it may arise in the future. Now, I'm going to draw a little picture and I'm going to explain from my viewpoint how Dazz's words reflect this, right? And my little picture is a picture of the future, how I envision it.

And so if we are here so if we're out here and this is the future headed in this way, and the future, in my opinion, is like a horizontal tornado, right? And it's just lying out there. And that's as wide as that future is. There are no timelines on the other side of it. There's no fixed anything on the other side of it.

It is a maelstrom. It is flux at a primary level. And so what Daz, in my opinion, is seeing is this tornado bringing up chunks of stuff that he could envision it, right? He could see it in his remote viewing. And so all you remote viewers, in my opinion, are seeing the chunks that are being brought up here.

Now, if we're standing right here looking at it, mere hours away. You're going to see the chunks of the manifesting future right as it is manifesting. Thus the 911 call. You guys got 6 hours ahead of time, right? Yeah.

Because you were so accurate at that. But here we are, at least 90 days out. And so if we're three months here, there's a little bit of wiggle room in this period of time here so that we don't know what's going to actually manifest. Maybe this particular image of someplace being a target for a do, maybe that will fold back into the developing reality because we do things out here that prevent those people from making that decision to do it. Let me draw something for you.

It's like the same thing. And my concept is that we have a forming wave here, so we have all the all the activity here is coalescing there. Like when you're surfing, there's no wave there, but you can see the you can feel it, the bump. You can see the wave coming. It's forming.

It comes past you, and then it lifts you up, and there you go. Breaks. Yeah. And Daz made another good point, is that remote viewers often tend to the amplitude of something we may say, oh, it's the end of the world. Like, we saw the mushroom cloud.

It's like, oh, it's a nuclear, but it was just a mushroom cloud from a volcano. It was significant. All right, so let's talk about significance for a second. All right, so this is very key. This is why we're here now, is because of a level of significance that I've never seen before within my work.

All right? So I'm going to erase this little tiny bit up here, and I'm going to draw you a building tension. Let me ask you something before you get to that. There's something I've always wanted to ask you. This is something I've always wondered about.

What was the moment? Because I followed your work 1618 years now, at least. When did you have the AHA moment? When did you get the concept that, oh, my God, human consciousness is a hive mind, and people are picking up the future and they're writing about it, and I could go they're leaking about it. I'll tell you exactly.

It was on my flight into Mexico City where I was going to go teach at La Unum, the university that's involved in the alien mess in Mexico now. And it was midnight. I was on a 747. I was on the right hand side of the plane, and the plane was struck by lightning twice. Before each occurrence, I knew there was something going to happen.

I didn't have enough hair for it to stand up, stand up. But I became aware that there was something pending, but that wasn't it. What triggered it was the people across the aisle. The woman knew something was going to happen, and all of a sudden her language changed. It was as though her mind got hit by the lightning strike on the plane mere milliseconds before the actual lightning strike.

There was enough time between the two strikes that I observed that effect in other people. That's when I knew that I'd always studied psychicness and all of that. I'd been red pilled since Kennedy was killed. So I wasn't the regular kind of a guy. But it was in that instant in 1993, in September, that in that instant that the idea formed.

Those people are leaking out the future, okay? So that's when I knew that my psychic impressions and all of this kind of stuff was not an anomaly, but was common to all of our species. But there were mental barriers that prevented all of these business people, bear in mind I'm in business class, but prevented them from being a Woo guy. And bear in mind, all my life I had to hide the Woo stuff in order to make a living and so on, right? But I used it.

So I worked a job for Microsoft. They give us some tools, they tell us a task programming job. They gave us the very first iteration of Microsoft ODBC, their PC based database tool. And they just wanted us to record hours and stuff in it. I'm lazy.

My task involved for them involved lots and lots and lots of screen edits changes and so on. And I knew from the get go that there were going to be lots of meetings that would change all these parameters and stuff, right? And so I put everything into the database. I put all of my screen designs and stuff into the database. So anytime I needed to make a change for anything, it would sweep through and do it all for me.

They had never conceived of using their own tools that way, right? Of using these commercial tools as development tools. That's when I started doing. But that was a Woo conclusion. That was a Woo kind of a thing in order that I did that.

So it was that moment flying into so then the first time that you did that, that you went and scoured the internet and took all the language and crunched that, that was four years later. Four years to write the code. Okay, so you do your first sweep, right?

Was it difficult to make sense of it? Yes. From 97 until 99 I processed that first scraping, okay? It was massive and I threw away mass amounts of it. And a lot of that time was taking a word that showed up in a conversation where it should not have and applying a metric to it, a number.

That was one of the aspects of the emotional tone of that word, right? Words have impact, they have duration, they have all different kinds of parameters. So I had to assign all these numerics to all of the different words that I encountered. And then I basically found out I was redefining the dictionary relative to this, and it took me from 97 up until 99 into 99 before I started doing another scraping. In that period of time, though, just seeing that first run, I totally abandoned my goal, which was to use this leaking of the language to find which stocks to buy.

Yeah. Well, I think the one that impressed me the most was the 2008 financial collapse, because you talked about that years. Yeah, a year in advance. You said in October there's going to be something, and you didn't say that it was a financial collapse, but you described it from every angle perfectly and how long it would last and what the fallout would be in the reverberations.

It's not me. I mean, people are a psychic and they leak it out. I just tumbled to this. Right. And so I was able to do it that way.

But we're at that key point. The thing that makes me that enables me to do that, to find those particular kind of words, is that building tension and then the release of that tension. So if we have a subject here, and I track that same subject on the other side of the release, and so I was having to assign values to these particular words, such and then mostly to those words that provide emotion, adjectives, adverbs, et cetera, when applied to these particular nouns or subjects. Right. And so if it would rise up to a ten in a building tension value, I would wait to see where that particular subject, that particular subset of that subject in that particular realm, by which I would mean the area I scraped it from.

So it gets into all kinds of details you don't care about, but I would wait to get until it went over the threshold to find out where it ended up in its released language. Right. I've been constantly adjusting these numbers because Universe provides a new impetus that says, okay, this is not really a six or not really an eight. It should be more like a nine or a ten. And so I would have to adjust it as a nine or a ten to run the routines to analyze and see if it all fits and stuff.

Right. I'm not trying to create a model. I'm trying to actually analyze and see what is there. And I don't care about the value of the number. That's what a lot of people don't understand.

It doesn't matter to me that that is a ten and that is a five. What matters to me is the delta here is a five, that there's a five difference in my emotional points between the two. And I keep summing these, okay? So if, for instance, we had a situation where we had something with a ten that was in building tension and it released at a five, then we have a five residual that's in building tension, okay? It could have released at a 15, in which case we would have had a five, but it would have been a release tension.

Or we would think of it as like a negative value in terms of positive and negative. And so what I follow is the delta between these, okay? And so over an entire run, millions of words, tens of millions, sometimes these analyses are done and then presented to me as a range of values in this database, okay? And then I sum and go through all of those at a statistical level. And I use those as metrics relative to I won't get into it.

But in any event, I sum these and I come up with this range for a particular run. So a particular run, or say all of the runs I've done have produced deltas that fall consistently into this particular range, such that that range is my effective delta between building tension and release tension. Okay? So I've had to adjust the upper range occasionally when certain things would happen and we would jump outside of that. But I allow outliers, but I want it to fall back in there.

But the point of this is this. This is so consistent. Some months we would have a delta of three and then not much is going to happen. That's like normal times, correct. Our usual chaos.

Yeah, not COVID, but like right, okay. So COVID had me move this up, had me take it from like 5.25 up to where it is now. That was the process of COVID doing there, is pushing on it. It pushed on it, but it was still at five before we hit COVID, just slightly over it. And then we're almost at six, right through the process of COVID we had that much more emotion and so on.

But here's the kicker on all of this shit. Right now, we're at over 81. Eightync. Oh, shit, 13 times over the maximum. Not just not 13 times over the minimum, we're 13 times over the maximum.

And it is an 81 point something, but it's in release tension. So that means people are just going to be spewing and spewing and spewing language, releasing emotion to a huge level that exceeds what we saw in Global Impact of 911. Now, here's the thing, okay? So you guys are correct. Viewers, including all of my data and stuff, have a tendency to see stuff over magnitude.

Yeah. Okay, so here's my problem with this. I don't know whether to apply that over the totality of the effects of this or within a single day, because there's going to be so much emotion in a single day that the trail off, which is going to go for a couple of years will not really add to that number. Okay? I haven't done any analysis for that post event kind of a thing.

So in other words, we could have dozens and dozens of different scenarios that would produce this kind of result. One of the scenarios that I discussed with Nino would be well, I won't go into that right in the moment, but so one of the scenarios would be directed energy weapons striking the Denver airport right. Or Cheyenne Mountain. All right. In a visible way such that the population is aware of the event.

All right. Then we have to go into the idea that they may not be aware of it as an attack initially, and at some point, they will become aware that there's actually an attack involved in this that changes everything in everybody's mind. Now, I'm of the opinion that the people that you guys saw making that decision have a really rough decision to make, all right? Not the actual, are we going to do the attack? But the other decision really is how are we going to try and cover this up and make it appear to be natural.

So you guys had the idea of the earthquakes and stuff. My data has very rarely had this particular set of words show up in it. And one of it was ejecta. Ejecta. And that was in our remote viewing data.

Like, yeah. Stuff being in my subsets here, that word appears to be applied by the powers that be that are trying to cover this up and make it appear as though it was a meteorite hit. Okay? This is what is coming out of the confusion of the language that I've got at the moment that they would try and make it that they're going to attack. They want to attack.

There are people that they need to attack, but they don't want the public to know that there's an open war going on. They want it to look like a natural event, like, oh, this would natural, but earthquake won't do it. An earthquake won't do it because of the ejecta part that they're going to have to deal with ejecta. Even if it's a directed energy weapon, it's going to cause the ground to fry up and eject stuff, and it causes them some problems. So at this point, I'm leaning in agreement with Daz that this is information that it is bubbling out there.

And we're not quite sure what's going to come out, but that my data is predicting that no matter what comes out of this, we will reach these numbers in release language. Now, if I were to sit here and postulate a number of different scenarios, I could postulate scenarios that would reach that level of release language, some of them relatively easily. Okay? One of them would be that such a plot was discovered and that the discovery of that plot led to its undoing and that the discovery of the plotters led to their arrests and the shock of who it was. And what was being done and by whom in terms of the military, arresting them and et cetera, et cetera, would get us to that level of release language.

You see people puking out their emotions like mad. Yeah. Okay, let me make sure I understand this. You've got your 81 point something release language, and you're saying that could happen all at once? That could be in a short time span or it could be no, sorry, I didn't mean to confuse you.

Okay, we will get that as a result of the event. Okay. What is uncertain about this is whether that continues on in its direct impact on people or if that is related to the event itself and then trails off over time as there is no further follow on. Remember how Daz had said this might be a precursor to a series of events? Okay.

So in my opinion, that if we had this level of an event, and I were to say that there was a time frame here and it was three months, and I got that number because I was doing my work six months out, okay, which is the case. I was doing these runs six months before this anticipated event. What about all those people that are displaced, having to walk, having to flee, no vehicles working, they're carrying all their possessions and stuff? That's going to be a lot bigger than an 81 in terms of release language, okay? That's going to be like World War Three kind of release language.

Might even be in the hundreds. And so maybe if I were to do another run now, I would find that on the other side of this, we have those hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of residual release values showing up. Right. But I haven't done that run for a lot of different reasons. My server was attacked, for one.

I haven't done that yet, so I don't know if to anticipate that or not, but the 81 is for the event. It's going to be 13 times the amount of release language that we saw with, like, 911. Okay. It'll be 13 times that. Wow.

Okay. But here's the thing about that. That basically took place in a day, right. We were talking about you're going to hear my helicopters going over right now. They're comforting, though.

Yeah, I know you're getting them, too, but the blackhawks going around right now. Okay. Sorry to interrupt you. Okay, that's all right. 911 release language, it was all in a day, right?

But we had the language following on that day after day after day after day as everybody digested it in their minds. And then all of a sudden, the Patriot Act was there, and everybody got all whipped up with this and so on, and it was diverted and all of that. But what if this was not a singular attack day, right? So what if instead it was the discovery of the plot, the plotters get denounced, the plotters are arrested. That might take three or four or five days for all of that to actually occur.

Hell, it might take them a week or even two weeks to might take longer than that. Yeah, right. But that would be the spread of that language over that period of time because that would be the duration of the event. Got it. Yeah.

So the duration of the event really impacts a lot of this, even in the case of a directed energy weapon. So one of your guys maybe it was Denaim, you're talking about the political intrigue and no, I was going to say the repeated bombing. Somebody had repeated bombs falling. Okay. Somebody had a drawing.

Derek. Yeah, that's why I was saying it. Okay. So that drawing is like that was a shock because that's the image in my head of this dew attack. The image that arises from the language is of people standing on subdivision streets some number of miles away in the hills somewhere with their phones and cameras taking pictures of repeated energy bursts coming down, hitting a particular site until it's all smoldering and dust and all of this kind of shit.

But it doesn't move around. It's like repeated strikes in the same place. And so it's like I saw that. It's like, okay, now that could take five or 6 hours. That's the duration that's indicated in the reports.

It seems to be that it's like people see it at six or seven in the morning, but there's also taken photos of it at noon, that kind of thing. Right. And so even that is going to impact how rapidly we build to the 81 and how rapidly it distributes itself such that we're aware of it. So that 81 might come across in an instant if it was a big enough attack like the Ejecta and everybody thinks it's a meteorite and so on. And then the confusion that follows, no matter what happens, we're going to have confusion.

For those who haven't seen our work, let me give a brief overview. We have remote viewers that we call future Forecasting Group and we're very good remote viewers and we do cryptocurrency analysis, ancient mysteries, woo woo, future events. And every month we predict the news events for the next month. In July, I saw, and we published this, a wall of flames. A wall of flames in people fleeing for their lives from the wall of flames.

I didn't know where I didn't know what it was, but it was a big fire and there were dozens of people running. I should call that up. I didn't have it handy. Well, that was the Maui Fire and when I saw the you guys are working one month ahead too, aren't you? Yeah, we published it three weeks before the fire.

And so I saw the Maui fire and I broke down sobbing. I looked at my work and I said, oh my God. I saw that we had done a target in 2022 privately that we didn't publish that was looking would the Hawaiian Islands be safe in the coming year, were there any events that we needed to know about? And Daz Smith had drawn a coastline town that was hit with a directed energy weapon with massive loss of life, with buildings destroyed, mountain to the east of it behind a fire absolute to a T perfectly in 2022. So a year before that happened, looking at a future event in Hawaii.

And when we looked at that data, we just went, oh, that seems pretty far fetched, and we put it away. And it wasn't until like, two weeks after the fire, daz went and said, I think I saw that. And we looked at his data. So we use remote viewing to look at future events. We've had some success in this instance.

They gave us a target that I still don't know what the target was. It was a near future event that I think may have to do with financial cryptocurrency regulations, something like that. Like, when will BRICS use a gold back currency?

When will the ETF be? Something like that.

None of us got anything that had anything to do with the target. But we all got this big event that we're describing here, and it was so much corroboration and correlation. When we look at remote viewing data, if one person says something that's interesting, if two describe the same thing, that's a little more weight. When three or four describe the same thing, we pretty much take that to the bank. So this is us coming up with big event, big event, world changing event.

And you independently have got that through your and not just me either. Right? Okay. So one of the things is I've got language. Not just the numerics, but I've got the actual language that says basically we'll hit the event and then from that point on, the world has changed.

That it's like our official kind of we won't ever look back sort of a deal, except to see that this current time is ancient history. But it's not just me. There are psychics in all kinds of languages that are popping this up, right? I've got them in Armenian, I've got them in Turkish, I've got psychics in Malaysia, in Thailand, all independent, all popping up and putting things on the Internet saying, hey, something big is mean. At first I was know piggybacking, right?

But then I started plotting the time they were posted and their various different methods and stuff. And it's like, there's something here. There's something going on. Now, as I say, I'm with Daz in the sense that I think the future is still forming on this. We're not close enough that it is, like, materialized.

And I don't buy the idea of timelines. It's very confusing language to apply to what we're seeing here and what's actually happening, because that implies that they exist independent of each other and exist independent of our current decisions and so forth. That doesn't happen. Yeah, my pet peeve has always been remote viewers or psychics that predict something that doesn't happen. They say, well, the universe split off in timeline like, bullshit, horseshit, bull fucking shit.

But you could actually take credit for it if you understood this mechanism right here. You could say, oh, well, hey, I told so many people about it that so and so didn't do whatever he was supposed to do. That kind of thing. Yeah. And that's actually what I'm hoping will happen, okay?

That's why we're doing here, okay? So the only reason to do this is so that it won't happen. Okay? I'm not trying to warn anybody because there ain't shit you can do from a directed energy weapon. And if it's going to destroy all the electronics in your area and fry the electronics in your car and you're going to be on foot carrying what food you can, fleeing radiation, not knowing what I'm putting out now won't help you.

Maybe it would help you prepare a bug out bag, but that would be the most actionable thing you could get out of this, right? I mean, it's just not really feasible. If you knew about the Lahaina fires and lived in Lahaina. And you knew about it a couple of weeks ahead of time, there's not a lot you can do to effectively alter your situation or the Lahaina situation. That's my understanding.

However, I think we are presented with something that universe wants us to experiment with, okay? I have this big grand vision of how all this shit works. What I think is going on is the universe wants us to explore this right here. It wants us to explore knowledge and actuality. And we are in this period of time that I call uncertainty, okay?

And from here to the event is an uncertain period of time in which we will feel uncertainty as we move towards this event. But I'm of the opinion that we can do things now that will alter the potential future that would arise. And so people out there I'm of the opinion that if we got enough people to talk about this and know about this, it would make both of us into bullshitters because it wouldn't happen. All right? And that's my goal is that we get enough people to hmm.

There's this idea out here, and maybe we all ought to be pointing fingers, know? The Department of Defense and the installations in Antarctica and looking at Cheyenne Mountain and looking at Denver Airport, those are the only two indicators I've got that are worth anything. I've got so many other geographic indicators that it's kind of meaningless. I do tend to agree with one of your guys. I can't remember who it was that said it had a West Coast focus.

So I think it's more likely Cheyenne Mountain and Denver Airport than this other site that I think could be, because that would be a site that would take down the Internet. Globally, but I don't think they want to do that.

Well, there are people that watch out for our safety at Future Forecasting Group. Let me put the site up too. If people want to see our work, they should go and look at your debrief on that. Yeah, it's at Futureforecastinggroup.com and you can get a free seven day trial. So you can just sign up for the free trial.

Look at this. Look at some of our other stuff and then cancel and you won't be charged. So it's there. Now, we do have individuals that, quote, protect us, that monitor us, that advise us. We got asked to do one.

Somebody offered us $250,000 to do a remote viewing target. That was one target. Well healed. Love those kind of customers. Well, this was a customer that if I told you who it was, you'd know who it was.

Our advisor said, don't touch that because he can afford that. But the people above him that don't want that out, you don't want to mess with them. Right. It gets you sucked into the whole thing. Yeah.

When we did the Maui Fire, we timestamped that and we looked at it internally and the decision was made, nah, we're not going to put that out. Definitely not on YouTube. We didn't even put it out for our private subscribers. This we've gotten the okay. Not only the okay, we were told, you need to get this out.

Okay. So that may be the same thing, I'm thinking, yeah, somebody wants to be this needs to come out and maybe we will stop it. Yeah. But here's the thing. The good news for you and I is that we actually won't be called bullshitters if we can stop this.

Okay. Because the only way I can see that it can be stopped is that that decision is not made. And that decision would come up and then be not made if we had so many people focused on those individuals that would make that decision. Thus, we must be exposing them in order that this thing not occur. It gets tricky when you start talking about time and the dynamics of it all at this level.

But I'm of the opinion that we could cross a threshold, and thus in crossing that threshold, we would get some particular group's attention and they would say, uhoh, we better back off of this. Right? Too many eyes. Yeah, we had data that is let me share this screen really quick. The pushing the button that came up over and over again, everybody said, are they going to activate?

Are they going to set this in motion by hitting the button?

Those drawings are actual capturing in our near real time that we're discussing this, you are actually capturing Irreversibility. Okay? So those images that you've drawn are the same images throughout. And it represents, if we want to think about it, a stylized, iconic form of Irreversibility. Once the button is pushed, things are in motion, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.

Right. And so characterized like that, I keep coming up to the question of irreversibility, which I've been hammering on for some time because it's been developing in the data and the reason it's been developing in the data is because it is associated with this. And I've been going on about irreversibility for a year and a half now because I've been picking it up in the data and I never really tumbled to what was coming. We're coming to a point where here we are in the midst of uncertainty, the morass, the change, the emergence of the future at some point between where we are now and where this event could be manifested, we will cross a threshold of irreversibility. And so I think universe wanted you guys to find that stuff.

You found it didn't want you to see whatever the hell target had been picked. The Samores at the campfire, at Camp David or whatever the fuck, right. It didn't want you to see those. Universe wanted you to be in this position now such that you could explore with me uncertainty, such that other people could grasp that all of us in our consciousness can affect that particular moment of uncertainty where the decision is made for that event to appear or not. Yeah.

And think then of the ramifications that go on from that it would impact here as well. If we are able to achieve this, you will have so many people talking about this because there will be some demonstrable level of an event. The event is going to occur. Is it going to be the event we saw? Is it going to be the event that generates this number destructively that way or generates that number destructively in some other way?

That's up to us, I think. Yeah. Well, I guess the home run for us, just in terms of our credibility, the home run would be if the plot was uncovered, like, hey, these evil fuckers were going to drop a bomb on a city and make it look like an?

No, no, they're actually going to in my opinion, they're going to use this particular tool that Raytheon developed that's in Antarctica. It created the Christchurch earthquake. It created the earthquake in Turkey and I think they were going to use that to create another earthquake and have that ejecta. There was the guy I don't know how much credibility you give to Stephen Greer, but he had that event where he had whistleblowers. Sure, I remember that guy.

One of his whistleblowers was, I worked at Antarctica and they have a power source that there's no way there's enough power in Antarctica to power this thing and we can cause earthquakes with it. Yes, the dom was very DOMS. Yeah, that was an interesting now I don't care about Steven Greer, that particular Raytheon guy, his language was 100% techie. Okay? So regardless of any other aspects of his story.

He was who he claimed relative to technology. Being a techie myself, I know this. I recognize this. While I'm sort of a weird time philosopher here, but we're into some uncharted territory. Never before in my life, as far as I know, has humanity been presented with this particular view of uncertainty and the potential for future events to evolve.

It's always in the past. It's always been through. So you and I are in a long tradition that goes back millions of years, likely the tradition that has shaman, wizards, warlocks, and sorcerers in it. Everybody trying to get a handle on the future. Usually for some power players.

In the past, it's always been the power players that had individuals like us that were feeding them the glimpses of what may roll up out of the future. Now we're in a very interesting position where the sorcerers us are able to provide this to the people in general. I'm really curious to see if this experiment will trigger enough people that there will be change as a result of it. And will that change ultimately get to the point where I have an 81 point something release level language? And if you had people being arrested over this, you'd have freak outs like mad.

What if Obama and Big Mike were part of this? Right. They got arrested and it was exposed that they were part of this plot and they were going to do this kind of thing. Man, you'd have freak out language. Yeah, yeah.

But we wouldn't see the people in the long know walking out of devastation.

Well, I think anybody that's paying any attention can see that we've been in a tension building phase. We know that the fiat money system had its run. It's done. The Jekyll Island experiment is frigging over cryptocurrency. Digital money is some new system has got to be coming on.

The war in Ukraine. Something's going to spread. There probably the craziness in the US. Cities, just the whole transit, everything is just there's so much friction in the entire system that so much pressure. Yeah.

And that's why I've been ratcheting up these numbers continuously. But I didn't expect to have to go to something blowout 13 times. Wow. Yeah. 13 times.

Yeah. And so that was a big shock. I had to rerun it, ran it twice after the first one, and I still got the same numbers with some small level of variation, but still over 81. So it was like, well, something's coming. And reluctantly, I'd probably better talk about it because this is certainly bigger in terms of the language spread than I got off of 911.

But I was only out 85 days off of that. Right. So I got the data 85 days ahead of the or I got the analysis 85 days ahead of the event. So because I was so close, I wasn't able to see the actual magnitude of it. Now here.

We may have a situation where I'm actually enlarging the magnitude of it because of this uncertainty question, and we'll end up with a fizzled balloon and a few people will know that this happened. But I can't see a mechanism within our reality where the plot could be undone, could not happen without the exposure. There's one small narrow window, and that would be is if the people that make the decision to trigger the Irreversibility by pushing the button watch us get freaked out and just forget about it and everybody goes away and then nothing ever happens. However, that means we're into a bunch of other kind of stuff here that's going to be accounting for that level of release language. And in other words, the event that they were planning, which would have created that level of release language doesn't happen.

And it was a case of like, data masking. Okay, so here, let me quickly draw this for you. I think it was 2005 or 2003. I got this data on a big earthquake, and it appeared that the big earthquake was going to happen in California. I was right here.

Now, part of the language for the earthquake said a courtroom would be emptied, people would be jumping out of windows, there would be a celebrity trial going on. I got this in January, and I think it was April, the Scott Peterson trial was going on and there was a minor earthquake. And all of the language about the celebrity trial being disrupted, people jumping out of the courthouse, all of that kind of stuff actually happened. It manifested, but it was like maybe it was like three or four earthquake. For California, it was almost nothing except windows broken stuff.

This was in April, but then at the end of that year, on Boxing Day in December, we have Bonda achi, 300,000 people killed in the other language, a nation knocked back to a previous age. So this was what I called data masking, where the view from this was so large that it came through when I was seeing it here. And I applied it to this because I couldn't see this appearing at all. Because that was so large, I didn't know there were going to be two events. So as of this point, I can't tell if we have a set of data masking.

Right. All I know is that I've got that kind of a large Bondachi view out here. Now I could see the Bond kind of a view in the 81 in release language if we did indeed uncover the plot and all of that kind of stuff. But that would of course happen like this. It would be a case of data masking and then that would collapse.

Sorry to get into that. No, I remember your well, you had the date pretty exactly on the financial collapse back in 2008, and you also described the ripple effects downwind of that. Like, what would be the effect a year later and two later, I remember you described that almost exactly like people would be talking about this. This would change how they did their lives. This would change things financially.

And the repercussions of that financial collapse were perfectly manifested in your data. That's also a planned event. So this is another one of those, right? So the planned events that the Kazarian mafia does, which that was one of them, they tell. And we picked that up a long time ahead of it.

I went to a colleague at the news station I was working at, and I circled on his Friggin calendar in October. I said, this week there's going to be a big financial story like three months ahead of time, and it happened exactly on that date based on your data. And I went and I said, Remember, I circled that, and he just did not compute. I could have told him, blip blah blah, blip, and it wouldn't make any difference. Speaking a different language, I said, I told you this was going to happen.

You saw George Bush come on, that we all stood around and he was on TV and said, the financial system is about to collapse. I've got to take emergency action. And these normies just rather intelligent people. It happened to me just on Wednesday, a guy I deal with, very nice guy, very red pilled about the economics. We were standing outside because of a business transaction I was doing with him and getting some stuff loaded into my car, and there were chemtrails over there.

And I was telling him, I just casually mentioned, oh, did you know that since that 1968 when we officially saw the chemtrails en masse, since then, Counts has gone way the hell down? And he looked at me and he says, I don't see anything. And we were watching. I was out there with two of his other employees, two of his employees, and we were doing the load, and I was pointing at the planes, and we were looking at them, and all three of us looked at each other. These are two Mexican guys.

They're very red pilled, right? They see the chemtrails, they know they're there, but this guy just did not want to see them. So that was a limit. He could be red pilled about economics but nothing else. And so imagine what that kind of response is certainly within there my chemtrail story.

I was living in Hawaii since 85, so I'd never seen them over the mainland US. But I went to San Francisco, and I was staying at a hotel near the airport, and I came out in the morning. I looked up and the sky was just crisscrossed, and it was greasy. That rainbow that you get off oil, that greasy oily. I looked up there and I said, can anybody look?

That's not I've lived my whole life. You don't see that. Someone comes over, quiet down, old man. We'll get you some coffee, don't worry. And I went to Las Vegas for a remote viewing event in like 2008 or 2009.

And I walked outside and there were jets. Yeah. Hey. They would do X's and squares, amusing themselves with circles. They don't care.

Now I thought at one point that these were like antidoo products. Right. There may be some of that in there still. There's another guy. Okay.

So there's a fellow that occasionally will contact me. He's a high level scientist. I know he does chemistry for the government at weird levels. And he told me it's going to be 2000 and maybe eight or nine in like two contacts back. He sort of casually mentioned, oh, it's so that we can scan for Neutrinos in the UFOs.

The UFOs emit Neutrinos as they buzz around and the chemtrails allow us to see the Neutrino trail using devices. And as far as he's concerned exactly. And as far as he was concerned, that was the legit story. I think there's all kinds of other agendas, but it doesn't matter from his viewpoint. His engineering devices, because he works a lot with that chemistry, were employed or were able to be used as a result of the chemtrails.

He talked briefly about it, about the testing of them and so on. And one of his particular engineering issues. Right. So I know he had legitimately done a job relative to this. So indeed, I think there is that component that there must be some level of tracking going on for our UAPs, for our visitors.

Yeah. I just read the news in Hawaii today. The official death count of the Lahaina fire is 115. Every day they identify three more victims and the death toll remains at 115. And I know someone who knows someone in law enforcement that was in a meeting where the decision was made, hey, we can't let this information out.

How can we keep this from being released? And they're just not releasing the death count. They've settled on 115. Even though there's like 1000 children missing. The children were registered for the schools.

They are not gone to another school. Nobody knows where they've gone. They've got truckloads of bodies and it's 115 and they're ringing the whole place with that net or that barrier. Oh yeah, you can't drive up and take a picture of it. You can't stop and look at it.

They're like, stay away. It's a no go zone. They don't let the media in. If you get there with a camera, they'll escort you out. And I've heard from native Hawaiian practitioners that the spirits of a lot of the native Hawaiians that were killed have not crossed over.

That they've congregated in a cave east of Maui and they're righteously pissed off. That place is going to be haunted.

Okay, so we are involved in a war at a very serious level. 911 was part of the war. All of these events that have been happening to us well, since 1913 and before are all part of this war. So they engineered the Khazarian mafia engineered that? The US.

Should go through a crippling economic problem in the 1890s. And that was pressure to try and get us to adopt their currency in 19 four. And we got Teddy Roosevelt instead, who told him to work. Yeah. Right.

And then finally they got a weak Woodrow Wilson in and they blackmailed him with the threat of the life of his daughter, and he signed Christmas Eve. They got the Congress to pass it. Right. So I'm of the opinion that these are the guys that have to do something, that they have a level, they understand we're in uncertainty, and they understand that they're in the midst here, and if they don't do anything, they're going to be exposed as all of the system comes. So Nino asked me, could this be part of our elections?

My data set really damped down on the idea of elections happening, okay. Even though there's all of the political language and so on, it's all being subsumed by whatever the hell this event thing is. And I'm of the opinion that the people that are planning this, while they have evil intent to humans and so on, they're actually doing it to try and save their asses. Okay? This is not remote viewing data, and this is not data that we've gathered through analysis.

This is just my personal take.

What I think is that this system is going to it's broken. It needs to come apart at the seams. And they're running it intentionally into a wall. It's going to crash. And they need an excuse.

They need a big event that they can blame it on so it doesn't get blamed on that. Oh, we didn't just inflate your money. Damn meteorite. Damn meteorite. It was this event, it was an act of God.

But by us exposing it, there are enough people there that say, hey, we can't pull this off. We got to stop it. Okay? I'm hoping. Okay?

And we are in a war. A lot of the war is being carried out surreptitiously. Okay? So there are people that are working for the Khazarian Mafia that are basically spies and agents of humanity, you might say. Right.

So a military officer gets an order that he knows is illegal, and he is in a quandary he can't refuse because it's a legal order, but it's an illegal act they want him to do. So he does something and then the system breaks and the illegal act doesn't happen. That's usually how these things come apart. Okay? Is that that individual that's put in the position where his gonads are on the line for this?

Either way it goes? Right. If he does the thing, then he might be nailed for the illegal act that he did. But if he doesn't do it, then his boss might get him for not doing it right, for disobeying the chain of command. And usually there will be an accident or an unforeseen, something that prevents, you know, you might have something that you're tasked to do, and it requires certain gear.

And so you call your budy over at motor pool and you make sure that all the trucks that have the capacity to haul that gear to you for that particular illegal act all of a sudden have to have their oil changed or whatever. Right. So it just can't get to you. I'm hoping that those kind of things will happen, but even so, even if it is disrupted at that level, we still have the pending event aspect of it. Okay, so that release language, that 81, you think that's one way or the other, that's baked in cake, that's a done deal.

That's already manifested to the point that my data could pick it up. That's the whole thing. Right. So it's weird to think about this stuff, and I've been thinking about it for a long time, so I have a tendency to gloss over it. I mean, I've been thinking about this stuff for, like, 30 plus years, but you're quite correct.

And what happens is that because we are able to see it, because Daz was able to see it, because you were able to see it, and especially because you guys couldn't see whatever the hell target you'd been aimed at and could only see, this universe is forcing us to deal with the fact that this event is baked in the cake. And in my data sets, it's baked in the cake at that level, however we manifest that level. So we could all decide, say, that five or 10 million people hear all of this stuff and get all whipped up, those five or 10 million people would include people that had some level of power. We could all five or 10 million of us decide, okay, we can't have this. We're going to do whatever we can now to stop this.

And it would cause such a level of release language pouring out as we attempted to communicate this to other people, that we would reach that level. Even if, as we did so, we made the event not happen that way, we would have created an event that would have taken its place. Yeah. This is why I brought up the issue of perhaps incarceration, okay? Because you and I have to face that we're old men, so it's like, no big deal.

But we have to face the idea that the powers that be could be so thwarted with their event going poof and turning into all this histrionics, that they come on out and they decide to say, oh, you guys are whipping people up. Agitators. You're agitators. And you need to be put away or prosecuted or whatever. Right.

And they've got laws up the ying yang. Oh, yeah. So there is that possibility. So one of these end results might end up with you and me behind bars. And so we just have to face that.

I don't think they would go after Dazz and the other guys too hard to get them right. They may, they may get really pissed off, but it's going to be really difficult. The more attention that they put on us after a certain point, the more it reinforces this whole idea. And they don't want that idea out there. So here's the thing.

Look at how hard in 2016 they tried to get Hillary in place. They did that so diligently trying to get her in place that they let leak out that they had what they call them, those parties, the spirit something parties. Spirit cooking. Exactly. Okay, so they let out they were spirit cooking.

I know lots of people that are like sorcerers, shaman, like natives, various tribes around here and stuff, right? Even down into Mexico. And so these individuals were telling me months ahead of time, there's a disturbance in the force, I'm getting up, I got know and so on, right? And I thought they were ill. I would recommendations, but it wasn't that.

What they were feeling was this gathering of the witches for this spirit cooking thing. Now, witches and warlocks have to use physical matter. They've got to use stuff. And this is physical matter magic, right? Babylonian money magic.

Okay, so that's why they use the blood and all of that kind of stuff in their spirit cooking. They have to have matter. They're very low on the totem pole of reality. Manipulators. And if you read into the language, it does not say in the Bible, thou shalt not let a witch or suffer a witch to live.

Okay? That word that they're using there is not the word for witch in Hebrew. It's another word that has no real translation. But modern day, they translate it as sorcerer. And there's a difference.

So if you get onto this path and you start doing witchery and you're female, you're going to go so far and stop. But if you're male, you have the potential to cross over to these various different levels. But if you do so, you'll eventually get to the point where you don't have to deal with matter anymore. And that's why they call them sorcerers. And the Hebrew word is like ksaph or something, and it doesn't translate to warlock, it doesn't translate to witch.

And it's one of those words that were given to us by the l. Okay? I found that word in Avastan, which is an analog to Sanskrit that's older than Sanskrit, or at least contemporary of ancient Sanskrit. And that word in Avastan is somebody that had a native ability to bond to their mind, to machine control systems. So what they're saying in that why they're UFOs?

Well, it was everything. It ran their power plants, it ran their land vehicles. Okay? It provided the power for their jets in the form of plasma. They had little jets that they used that weren't spaceship, that were just used in regular land traffic, and those were charged by these devices and everything.

And so there was a type of person that natively could run that that they didn't want to have anywhere close to these devices. And that's what they said you should not have, is these sorcerers people that are able to manipulate through words and through the ethereal part of our reality. Okay, I'll tell you a story about that and us being incarcerated. I'm being encouraged for us to put this out. Not publicly.

This conversation and our data is not going to be on YouTube, but I'm understanding that it's okay for us to talk about this. And what we're doing is I did a Target. I'm paranoid. I did a target a few months ago where I had such good target contact, and I was just on that session that I said, I can affect the past. I think I can go back to this target and I can make something.

I remember that, and I your email about it. Yeah, I was told, Dick, stay away from that. Don't publish that. Because what you're doing is you're getting into magic. People that can manipulate reality, that's their game.

They don't want to play in that. Don't put that out.

I do have protectors, and that was what I was told to stay away from this. I'm not being told to stay away from let me ask you about Shungite. Yeah, I've got mine right here. You sent me this, and I've been using it for remote viewing. I had a couple of good sessions where it didn't enhance visuals, but it enhanced conceptual data, like words, phrases, ideas, had a little more complexity.

I was able to get I'm not sleeping real well. There's a problem with that? Yeah. You can wear it too long. Okay.

Just like with hematite and some of these other stones, you can have them too long in your possession, and it literally will change your level of vibration so that it affects your sleep and such. So I wear it when I'm doing work as an EMF protector. I'm not doing it for psychic stuff. So the theory behind this is that this shields electromagnetic waves. What's your okay, so what happened is that the meteor struck in Russia, and we've been mining it ever since.

I don't know the details of when it hit or any of that, but the mineral is unique. Shungite the mineral, the formation of it is unique. It seems to act as a sponge for electromagnetic fields, not a shield, not like a Faraday cage. But I have been able to so, you know, the cops are filled with all of their gear, all their radio gear and stuff like that. And I've been able to go on up to them with my EMF and see that they've got an.

EMF all around them of about 300, just a 300 reading on my EMF machine. But if you take a single piece of shungite or a shungite bracelet and put on that individual, that EMF just goes through the floor, just drops. It'll go from like 300 down to two or five. And it does not matter where that shungite is within the field. So I'm of the opinion that it's kind of like a sponge where all of the EMF is drawn into it, if that makes sense.

Right. Got it. But no one knows how it actually works. I need to do it. I have an EMF detector.

I've got the little home safe thing. I haven't used that with this. I need to take that. Thank you for sending that to me. I am using it, sure.

But I was remote viewing, and I had it on my nightstand because I was doing some remote viewing. It was around my bed. So I lay on my bed, turn the lights down, do my remote viewing, and I finished this, I took it off and I put it right next to where I sleep. And I have not been sleeping well. I've been, like, waking up at 02:00 a.m., waking up at 04:00 a.m., so I need to put that in the other room when I sleep.

Probably there are people that are super sensitive to it. I'm not particularly sensitive to it that way, but if you'll take the EMF meter and just aim it at your computer and your monitor and get a reading, maybe it's 125 or whatever, and then just put the shung guide in between the EMF meter and the electrical source, and it's just quite amazing. Okay. Yeah, I'll do that. Okay.

So our big event will wrap up here.

It would be beautiful if nothing happens and we look like a couple of idiot old men or something may happen and people might look back and go, wow, how did they I sure hope not, dude. I sure hope not. Yeah, I hope it's maybe the bad guys get caught and the release language comes out like, oh, my God, look what these bastards were trying to do. And it's a good thing we stopped them. That'd be great.

Always great to talk with you to see all of our work at Future Forecasting. One more promo advertisement, it's Futureforecastinggroup.com and you get a visionary level membership. Seven day for free. And if you get the visionary level, you can go any here. We've got like 500 videos you can binge watch for a week, run the clock, and we put a lot of data out.

Yeah, no, you guys are also you're the best on the planet. And you're certainly the best on the planet in the public eye. We're the best on the planet in the public eye. There are other ones that are probably better, but they're in holes on the ground, and no one ever sees those guys. There are some that work for a supra national organization in Europe that is above nation states.

The military I know, Glenn told me that last he checked, he lost his clearance when he retired. But people that he knows, they're still in the business said they didn't stop using the form. And I've talked to Navy Seals navy Rangers, the Navy, the Air Force. They've all got their own remote viewing program. Well, hey, here's something else about that.

Talking to a Marine the other day and they're pushing psychic stuff out. So it's just like technology to them now. So even they're pushing psychic awareness classes down like the Navy Seals, but also into regular units now. So that's really amazing that they would even have these kind of classes. And they titled it as Situational Awareness Up Leveling or something.

Right? But the Marine was telling me the kind of things they were doing and it's like crap. They're teaching you guys how to do remote viewing in the very near term, what's around that building, that kind of thing. When I was a reporter, there was a conference held at the convention center here. And it was like neuropsychology neuro brain study people.

And I was going through doing a story, and I ran into a woman that had electrodes and they would check your brainwave. And I said, Let me see. I do a kind of a specialized thing. Let me see if I can tweak your thing here. And so she said, you're pretty good.

I said, Well, I'm involved with something called remote viewing that was developed by the military, and I'm really interested in could an electronic signal enhance that? And she started like we had this really interesting half hour long conversation. She said, I really enjoyed talking with you. My son is a US. Army Ranger.

And they do this. And I said, oh, okay. She goes, yeah, they do that. They use remote viewing. He's trained in, you know, the it goes back to the Revolutionary War, too.

I'm going to forget the name of the tribe. Upstate New York. They recruited this tribe and they embedded them with the again, I'm going to forget the name of the Rangers then the original Rangers that were attacking the British through the Rogers Roberts Rangers, something like that. Exactly. That group had a member.

Each one of their little subgroups that we would call a company, eight or ten men had one of these native people, one of these Indian tribe with them specifically to talk to each other mentally and to also guide them through not just the brush, but the enemy because of the remote viewing from that particular tribe. Yeah, there were always soldiers who would just suddenly duck or take a step to the left, and the thing would come by. And I know that they were looking for Morse code intercept operators. So they would have people in the intelligence agencies that would put on headphones and get in front of them. They'd listen to Morse code from Russia to East Germany or whatever, and they would spend an eight hour shift listening to Morse code and listening to those tones for those hours with headphones on in a little cubicle would put them into an altered state, and they would have spontaneous bilocation events, and they knew it would happen.

So that was my teacher, Is. He was working overnight, listening to a tank in Vladivostok, a tank squadron or group talking to Moscow, and they sent him a Morse code message, and he was copying it. And the operator said, I didn't get that. Send again. He's going, God, this guy doesn't know how to do Morse code.

And he was just, God, this guy's an idiot. And attention was there. And all of a sudden, he had this dream where he saw the Russian tapping the Morse code key. His supervisor saw him falling asleep, came over and kicked him and said, Sergeant, Corporal, wake up. And he oh, my God.

Falling asleep on duty is the worst thing in the military. He said, what are you doing? And he said, I saw the person. Were you what? He said, I saw the Russian tell me about that.

And they said, Give me your badge. You're relieved of duty. Get out of here. Go report there. He thought, oh, I'm in deep shit now.

So they gave him two days of psychological review, made him sign a nondisclosure saying, you'll go to prison if you talk about this. Now go back to work and go over here. And they said, we need you to do that. So they were looking for people, and that was the original remote viewers. There's something, Cliff, that they can't tell us, and they've let out remote viewing into the public in a watered down version that we don't do what the really good ones in secret do.

I think it's something to do with some steptones or some tones that can put you in an altered state where you will go to target like that. And that's still very classified. Anytime I ask Glenn about that, he changes the subject. He just goes, oh, how about the Dodgers? They lost.

To just won't even address it. So somebody if we figured it out for ourself, that would be an experiment, not the hemisync tones. There's some way to and I've got a wave guide. Yeah, I've got a theta track that does get me mostly there, like there are times not every time, but there are times when, yeah, I'm there. I see it as clear as I'm seeing you on the screen.

Anyway, great talking with you. Futureforecastinggroup.com. We'll keep an eye on this. Are your data sets ongoing? Will you have more data?

It's not automated, so it's an old batch process back from the 90s. Right. I can and will do another run. I had just started to do one, and my servers got hammered for three days and everything was taken down. So coincidence, right?

Yeah. I will do another one, but I can't really discuss when I might or when the results might come on out because I don't want my servers attacked anymore. Yeah. And wave to the helicopters when they go by. Yeah.

Interesting stuff. Yeah. Yeah. All right, Cliff, thank you so much. Stay safe.

All right. I need to send you some more Kona coffee one of these days. Thank you for the yeah, yeah. Well, you know, my favorite coffee has always been Maui. That's where I buy it from.

I've got white buckets over here of 20 sacks of Maui coffee. It's good stuff. Yeah. Okay. Very good.

Talk to you later, Aloha. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High – 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Seth Holhouse, the host of "Man in America," interviews Cliff High, a brilliant independent thinker. They discuss the constructed reality around us and the importance of questioning it. The conversation delves into topics like outer space, the moon, and the future, including the 2024 outlook, Trump's plans, the role of the military, and the banking system. Cliff introduces the concept of the "Great Awakening," suggesting that increased emanations from the galactic center are causing a global awakening. The deep state, or the Khazarian mafia, is described as being desperate due to this awakening. Cliff predicts a significant event that will further enhance the Great Awakening. He uses the analogy of building and release tension to describe the emotional state of the masses. The deep state has been managing this balance to maintain control. However, an upcoming event, whether orchestrated by the deep state or not, will disrupt this balance, leading to a state of "hyper novelty." This event will be so significant that society won't revert to its previous state. Cliff suggests that the deep state might not be the ultimate power, hinting at a greater force behind them.

#ManInAmerica #SethHolhouse #CliffHigh #GreatAwakening #DeepState #KhazarianMafia #2024Outlook #Trump #Military #BankingSystem #GalacticCenter #EmotionalTension #HyperNovelty #Reality #Questioning #OuterSpace #Moon #Future #GlobalConsciousness #Balance #Control #Society #Event #Prediction #Change

5 Key Takeaways from the Man in America Interview with Cliff High - 09-14-2023

Ladies and gentlemen, welcome to man in America. I'm your host, Seth Holhouse. So today I have one of my favorite people to talk to, and not because I agree with everything he says, but because he's such an independent and I think pretty brilliant thinker. And that's cliff high. Now you could say that maybe he's bordering on that range of kind of mad genius.

And I would agree with that. I think it's a good thing because what it means that he's questioning the fundamental things that we think to be true in our reality. And when you look back at how much of our so called reality has been constructed as a cage around us, I think that questioning the fundamentals of what we think to be true is a really good thing. So actually, I just finished this interview with Cliff. I'm doing the intro afterwards.

We talked for about an hour and a half. It's a really engaging conversation. We go into some crazy topics. I mean, of course, we go into a lot of stuff about outer space and the moon in the middle of the discussion, which is great. But we talk a lot about what's coming next.

What's 2024 look like? What's trump's plan? Is the military involved? Is the whole military compromised? Does Trump still have a lot of say?

Are they going to be involved in the elections? There's a really interesting chunk that we get into with that towards the end. We also get into the banking system. What's going on with the banking system? What does he expect to see happening in addition to that precious metals bitcoin?

So, as you would expect, it's an incredibly engaging discussion with Cliff. And actually the first probably 20 minutes to 30 minutes I found to be so interesting because we're talking about this measurable way of looking at the great awakening. And it's going to blow your mind the way this guy thinks. So I hope you enjoy this interview. Before we get started, we got a few quick announcements.

For one, we are giving away silver. So for all the man in America family, we're giving away 5oz of pure silver every Friday. So if you want to enter to win that 5oz of pure silver, it's going to be five generic rounds, buffalo rounds, just go to Silverseth.com or go to Slash Win. So if silverstheth doesn't work on your browser, it's maninamerica.com Win. You enter your name and your email once and you're automatically entered in every Friday.

Again for the Friday drawing of the 5oz of free silver. Also, every show I do is also done as a podcast. So if you want to listen instead of watch, just go to your favorite podcast app and search for man in America and you'll find me there. All right, folks, enjoy this mind bending and interesting conversation with Cliff High. But Cliff, it is great to have you back on.

It was such an interesting interview the first time around and I've got so many questions and I think there's a lot to talk about. So thanks again for being here. Sure, no worries at all. Yes, I've got a whole list of questions here, so I'd say one of the big ones I want to first jump into know we're heading into the election year. It feels like the deep state, the cabal, that they're at a very desperate place, that a lot of the Americans that may have voted for Joe Biden before now have woken up.

They're seeing the problems of the current administration everywhere. They're questioning the elections. What do you see happening? And what are some of your data sets saying as we're going into, say, the next, say, three, six months into the election year, next year? What do you expect to unfold during this period?

I don't have much in the way of expectations, but I have some stuff out of my data that seems to describe 2024. And I'm not going to call it an election year for various different reasons.

We're at war now. We've been at war basically for I mean, if you want to think about it the way I do it, we've been at war for about 6000 years with these same Khazarian people that are trying to take over the planet. As you are quite correct, the Deep State, this Khazarian mafia, is very desperate at the moment, okay? They are escalating because the Great Awakening is happening. They have within their group, some small number of them, that recognize that this is a phenomenon that is beyond their control.

It has to do actually, factually, with increased emanations from the galactic center waking us all up. And the Great Awakening is not a misnomer, okay? And there's nothing that Khazarians can do about this, including slaughtering people. But they're starting to do that, okay? So the deep state is at war with us.

What I do expect is that that war in this next six months will break out into the open, into the normie mines in a sharp, very sharp way, and I'll explain that in a second such that it will occupy all of the places that are now occupied by the unraveling of the political illusion. Okay? So all of those people that are worried about the Biden regime or Obama, or they're coming to terms with the fact that Obama is gay and Michelle is a guy and they rented those kids and all of this other stuff, all of those people will be jolted into an awareness of a war. And they will have to try and cope in sort of a rush, okay? Because they're going to jump and leap right out of the normie world of politics in a degrading America to a much greater view of what's going on.

And they will understand that we're in World War II and World War II is being fought with dues. And that's the news right that it's not your papa's World War II. It's not that not going back. We're going forward into this new functioning and the deep state is the enemy. It's not nation state versus nation state.

This is going to be very difficult for people to wrap their heads around. So yes, perhaps the plunger on Maui was pulled or a button was pushed by a guy in China who is a CCP fellow. But it doesn't mean that China the nation state, nor China the people attacked Maui, okay? It means that an arm of the deep state within the CCP attacked Maui on the orders of the deep state. We're going to have an event of some form or a series of events of some form.

So I'm connected with remote viewers, the best remote viewers on the planet, bar none. The only remote viewers that might be better are ones we don't know about because they're hidden so deep. Okay? I'm not going to say what those remote viewers have been telling me because I have not been given permission. They have to release this information on their own.

What I will say is that they are echoing what my numbers are showing. Okay? So I have this thing called building tension value. And I have a release tension value. And this is building emotional tension.

And this is release of emotional tension. The words can be the same, the descriptors can be the same, but all the adjectives would be different and the emotional aspect of it would be different. And in building tension, it's like you're trying to describe your anxiety or you're crunching in on yourself in some aspect relative to something that's pushing on you from the outside. In release language, you're jumping up and down and releasing all that emotion. These two, whatever the value of them, the difference has a finite range and it ranges from three point something up to 5.85.

5.85 is our maximum. Now that's our maximum delta between release and building tension. And it fluctuates every single time I do these runs. It fluctuates some degree. Sometimes building tension is larger.

Sometimes release tension is larger. Since 2001, building tension has had a tendency to dominate since 2001. Now we are in a situation where we have this, that we have two sets of values. And now the delta between these is 81.86,958,695. Okay?

So this is 13 times my maximum usual standard deviation range 13 times in a standard way. Standard deviations work. A single standard deviation is something that an engineer might pay attention to, especially in bridges and that kind of thing. Two times standard deviation is something that an engineer would want to pay attention to. In energy mechanics, it means your engine is not working the way it should.

That kind of thing. Three times standard deviation in anything, any aspect of engineering is a catastrophe. All right? We're at 13 times that now and it's dominating with release tension. All right?

So the last time we had a significant dominant release language event was 2001. Okay, so that was the 911 attack. Everybody released for months afterwards. It was just dominating with release of emotional tension. Even at that point, it was less than the standard deviation range.

Right? So now we're 13 times higher. So the remote viewers are echoing what I'm seeing.

They have different methods, different characterizations of what's going on. But in Maine they would echo that something is going to occur. It's going to occur in the near or immediate timeframe, and it's going to be dominated by release language. So Maui was dominated by release language up to the point that the Feds came in and started putting up the barriers and now everything's all tension. Everybody's getting all tense about it, they're getting angry and so forth in a way that they didn't get angry with that attack.

You can actually see the language in the various articles. Go back and read something about the event and everybody's outpouring all of their grief, et cetera, et cetera. And now it's all anger about the way everybody's being treated. Okay, so the Feds came in and turned. Sure.

So I have to make sure I'm tracking this right. So basically it's a simple way of me understanding it. It's almost as if the Cabal has to maintain a balance of release and the building of this tension. And so the we, the people, the average Americans or the average people on
Earth, it's like they'll push us a little bit that they're monitoring this, our tension comes up, then we can relieve that tension just to feel like, okay, it's okay again, that's how they get us to get distracted back with the circus. So that's how they keep it level.

We get really pissed off and then we feel like we accomplish something. It's like, oh, well, Durham did this. And it's like, okay, let's calm back down. But what's happening right now, it's almost like when you watch a trailer being pulled behind a truck that starts swaying, it gets to a certain point where it starts whipping so violently that the only thing that can happen is a catastrophe. So is that kind of what's happening?

Okay, correct. Okay. So I don't know how much control the Cabal actually exercises over the building intention. I don't know that they consider it this way, but in fundamental effect, they manage it this way. Right.

They don't want enough people to ever wake up that the Khazarian mafia can be seen behind all of the illusion they've put out. Right? And so we have that now. The illusion is breaking down. The ADL is under attack.

That's one of their primary enforcers. Right? So all of these things are breaking down for them as it is breaking down. If they used to have control over this all right, so we could look at it two ways. We could look at that.

We're going to have a breakout emotional event that they won't be able to control that will further enhance our Great Awakening, right? And that that event is not necessarily initiated by them. All right? Or we could look at it at the opposite, that we're going to have a breakout event. They won't be able to control the aftermath of it because too many people will be awake to what's going on, but they created it.

Okay, so basically what you were describing, maintaining the balance here is a method of keeping us under control. Dampening it down, right? Dampen down the hunger with a little bit now and put it off a little bit later. That kind of a thing which we've been under for hundreds of years. Okay?

So another way to look at it is that they're so desperate that they must do a major attack in order to cause as much damage and as much chaos as possible in order that they may assert control in the midst of that chaos, which is what they do. They have a tendency to create the 911 incident, right? So if we looked at the attack on the towers in terms of its release language, we are looking at something that's going to have 13 times more release language that will manifest both in spiking values immediately, but also in duration. It'll have to go on for a long time in order for this to work its way out of all the people. This is going to exacerbate the deep state's worries and problems relative to the Great Awakening, because the longer we're in this upset state, in this upset state, they don't have control.

Right. What they work on is basically fracturing your concentration and allowing the brain chemicals to calm down, and as you're calming down, then they try and get you back in the control by placing those things in front of you to lead you. Right? They don't usually come along and put a cattle prod in your back and push you because that exacerbates the disruption within your mental state. It's a very delicate balance for them to do their hypnosis and keep the illusion.

This is basically saying that there's going to be some event, whether they create it or not, that's going to escalate so far that we won't be going back. Okay, so this is why I have been saying that we're approaching a point of hyper novelty because we'll cross over a threshold where it will not be possible for us to go back to these levels or that old illusion anymore. So there is reason to suspect that World War Three, however it is characterized nation state versus nation state or deep state versus global population, other than Russia and a few other places that are awake and not in their control. However we characterize that, we're going to get to a point where there's going to be an opening of this idea that the deep state exists independent of the nation states and is at war with the people, I think it will come out because the deep state will try and gen up a nation state war. It's not going to work.

But in the process of doing that, they're going to waken up a lot more of the normal population by basically having such a huge shock to their system that all their mind is cleansed. Right? So most people, I don't know how many people could actually remember, but you wake up one morning and then I was on the west coast here and you hear about the attacks on 911. Right? From that moment on, my thinking was altered, it never went back.

Then you see all of the problems that generate the fact that they had this massive thousands of pages of law ready to enact within a week. So, you know, it's all a put up job. Yada yada, yada. Right? And so your thinking never goes back to the way it was and we're approaching something like that.

Will it be a directed energy weapon attack on Colorado or Florida or Wyoming perhaps?

Something too visible to ignore. People in Turkey right after Maui were struck by energy weapons, they filmed the energy weapons coming down and starting the brush fires in their area. So this is part of the deep state war against the population of Earth. Now, I'm a little on the woo side, so I think there's something on the other side of the deep state. I don't think the deep state is their own masters.

Right. I think there's a lot of the people in the deep state that know what I know about this and don't want to go anywhere near this, but are not able to change events such that they could back off of this because there's something on the other side that's driving them. So there are certain things that are popping out in reality that suggest that there are support in our factual reality for some kind of an event coming along this way. So it's subtle, you'd have to really understand the data and the way I'm looking at it. But some of these supporting more subtle effects are hugely long term in the way in which they will manifest and the effects they will have.

Got a quick message for you. So folks, thank goodness inflation is going down. Thank you Biden. But wait, if inflation is going down, then why are food prices going up, energy prices going up and gas prices going up? Well, because they're lying to us.

Imagine that. You see, right now the real rate of inflation is closer to 25%, not the 5% the White House wants you to believe. You can see this with your own eyes and your own wallet. What this means is that if you had $100,000 in your savings account just one year ago, today it's only worth about $75,000 in terms of your actual buying power. Your money is losing value by the day.

If you went back to 1920 and you had a $20 bill or a 1oz gold coin, you could walk into a men's clothing store and buy an entire suit, jacket, shoes, pants, belt, everything. But think about it. What would a $20 bill buy you today? Maybe some socks, but an ounce of gold will still buy you that same suit. And this is why I believe that now more than ever, it's a good time to consider transferring at least a portion of your wealth into physical gold and silver.

Real world assets have stood the test of time, and for this, I'm confident in recommending dr. Kirk Elliott. So, Kirk has two PhDs and is an incredible Christian patriot who's dedicated to helping you break free from the trap of inflation. You can buy gold and silver directly, even in small amounts, or you can transfer your IRA into physical gold and silver with zero taxes or penalties. So, Kirk is who I use.

He's who my family and my friends use, and honestly, he's someone I trust completely. And when it comes to your wealth, you need someone that you can trust. So to learn more, open up a new tab right now and go to goldwithseth.com or call 720-605-3900 to speak to a real person. Right now, kirk LA's team will answer all of your questions and take care of you every step of the way. So, right now, they're trying to work out the deep state, and the individuals involved are trying to work out a face saving mechanism for shutting down CERN, for shutting down the large Hadron collider.

Okay? That massive, massive, massive investment. More copper in that thing than in any dam on the planet, okay? There's more copper there than any of the dams in our country, probably more than all of the dams in our country in terms of the generators and stuff, and they're shutting it down because it's useless. It took particle physics as far as it could go, and it failed, and people are drifting away.

Okay, so a bad sign for science when your scientists are not re upping on their own and you got to go on out and try and keep recruiting them to come back into your operation. Whatever they were attempting to achieve, they failed with that. The fact that we're looking at such a large thing being shut down and the first hints of the emotional problems that these guys are getting into in that shutdown process because they can't just everybody walk away and lock the door, right? They've got to decommission this thing. It's got to be a public kind of a deal.

It's got to upend their whole grasp on physics and science because they took science to this huge pinnacle and spent more on a single science project than anything ever in our history. And it failed. And it was a failure from the beginning. If you looked at things the appropriate way, you would see this. And in spite of them having hidden motivations, even all their hidden motivations failed.

And that's caused them some real consternation so we could be facile and see things at a surface level and say, oh, the Deep state's attempt to create a portal for demons
with the Large Hadron Collider for demons to come in and help them failed. Okay? And so there probably will be people that have that view, right? Like, I don't know particular kind of mentician in people that would think that this was the case, but it's true that it failed. I don't know that they were attempting to bring in demons.

I know that there were all these other ancillary projects for the Large Hadron Collider that were never mentioned except in the back quarters kind of thing. But I know that that failure, as upsetting as it is to the mainstream scientists that are on the front side of it, is much more upsetting to the whackadoodle deep state scientists on the back side of things. And it's caused a huge problem with their grasp of reality, really, because things they were attempting to do, whatever they were basically that failure came back and said, no, you people are totally wrong in your view of how reality works. And that has really shocked them. So we're going to see all different kinds of things here.

We've got major monetary collapses going on in the background that are significantly huge. So this time next year, will we be able to have an election in the United States? I do not believe we would be able to have any kind of an election that the Biden regime would be planning on. That is to say Dominion Machines, any of that kind of stuff. I don't think any of that's going to happen because they won't be able to pay for it.

I think Dominion itself will be bankrupt and no one working for them this time next year. Okay, so by the time we get into September next year, a lot of these very large firms will be 100% defunct because they rely basically on skimmed illegal money. So the Federal Reserve says they create a billion dollars. Well, they farm out 1 billion without telling us to all their buddies. But the fact that they've been doing that for so long and all of a sudden it comes to a stop.

All of these firms that are counting on that money being farmed out to them, as well as the fact that the money doesn't purchase what it should anyway, are in a world of hurt. And it's the bribery level that's going to be bringing down a lot of these very shaky institutions that basically rely on that hidden money to hoax up the books and get through year to year to year. And we're seeing it now. So a year from now, I don't think we'll have an ordinary election. I could see us having an election that was being supervised by some other authority like the US.

Military, right? I could see us having an election that was being supervised in a way that didn't rely on commercial products like Dominion and all of that sort of thing. And I'm saying that because the monetary system is going to be having such huge amounts of trouble between now and then. And we have this coming up, whatever this release language event is, right? So if we postulated it know a direct energy weapon attack on the Denver airport, right?

There's reasons to do that, to get at the stuff that's underneath the airport. Maybe that would be the deep state doing it, one part of the deep state against another part. Maybe it would be anti deep state people doing it. Who the hell knows, right? Because we're not being clued in as to who the participants are in this war.

But it will be something on that order where people will be able to tune in on the internet, probably even on regular TV and see particle beam weapons coming down, beating the absolute crap out of the Denver airport until it's just a smoking hole in the ground. That's what it's going to take to get these kind of numbers. And at that level, what's our response as a nation and so on and so on. Now I've got data sets that say that this coincidental, okay? So coincidental to this, all right, not as a direct outgrowth and not as a supporting feature, but coincidental to this.

Sometime in the future here like maybe two months or so, there's going to be a reaction within the generations that are in school now. And I got that data set before I did any of my numeric analyses. But the data sets were basically saying that sort of like the middle school and to high school level kids are going to get savvy to the war and a lot of them are going to get an attitude, okay? And this attitude is going to be hardened by the fact that there are a lot of them with the same attitude and they're going to start talking to their parents about the war. Their parents are going to start getting freaked out and starting to react because maybe the kid's right.

And also the kid's attitude is going to come back to bite the Biden regime in the sense that we're going to have according to my data sets, we're going to have full on, absolute counter insurrection in large school systems being run by the kids themselves. Okay? So the kids are going to be tired of all this queer the generation crap and there will be a hard line there. Those people that have adopted the queer the generation crap from the deep state, those kids are going to be a lot of them are going to be pulled back by the sheer size of the anti deep state group. And these kids are going to be savvy to who they're fighting.

So you'll start hearing the kids talk about the Km Kazarian mafia and they'll be able to differentiate the Kazarian mafia, they'll be able to tell you the history, they'll be able to point you to the Veterans Today articles that will detail anything you want to know about them. Yada, yada, yada. Right? And so this is going to start a ground up kind of a thing that's going to cause problems both with the parents as they try and react, but also more so with the school administrators. Because in the data sets it's saying a lot of these kids are just going to say go into the classroom and then every time the teacher says anything they're going to cat call, they're going to disrespect, they're going to throw out the truth, they're going to get up and cause problems.

Just basically not able to take the bullshit anymore. And so you'll see teachers running out of the classroom in tears, teachers totally freaking out because their socialism nonsense doesn't fly. They don't know why and that will be a large part of it. The data set said that the bewilderment the puzzlement on the part of the teachers and the administrators last for some months. A lot of them crashing and burning in that process in the sense that the data shows teachers resigning, administrators quitting, and that sort of basically have a rebellion in very large school districts to where the data would have it be that these school districts were more or less being operated by and under the control of the students themselves.

Not so much their parents even. It's just really strange guy. But that part right there takes us into 2024. So that's my kind of lead into 2024 in terms of the level of disruption we're going to be having here. Now.

Whatever it is that we get into here, I think that happens before the end of the year. Before the end of this year. It may happen further into the new year, but it just seems that the building tension levels are dropping too rapidly around in November to be able to sustain anything into the new year. So it looks like they get swamped at some point near the end of November. As I say, it could maybe take into January.

It's difficult to estimate, but that alone is going to be a reshaping of the social order at a level that the political powers had not anticipated at all. That's going to strike them right out of the blue. It's like what's going on over there? It's going to be really interesting I think it's going to be really so this is so interesting because there's so many layers to this. But while a lot of people are looking to what's happening with DC or politics or they're getting caught up in that level of the battle and they've now come to this conclusion that okay, maybe they're.

Saying, okay, the left has been infiltrated and taken over by the Communists, and they're trying to destroy America, which is different than just kind of left versus right. And I disagree with your policies. There's been this mass awakening towards that level, okay? The media is fake news. Big Pharma is out to harm us.

There's been that level of awakening. But what you're seeing is that the next level in the most significant awakening for the masses is to realize that there is a small group of evil psychopaths that are trying to control and kill the entire world. Things that you and I believe that we've kind of understood and awakened to, that when that realization hits the masses, that becomes the trigger point, that becomes the tipping point in which all of their systems start to fundamentally collapse. Because once you see things from that perspective, you see through the schools, you see through the media, through Hollywood in a way that you didn't before, and you will no longer go along with it because you know what's ultimately there. So that's what you're seeing as a gigantic it's almost as if 2024 from here, what you're saying is that 2024 is when the Great Awakening hits the mainstream and the entire structure that the deep state has of this world is shaken to the core.

I'd say 2024 over the process of 2024, the Great Awakening eats the deep state. It eats fake news, and we digest it the rest of that year and into 2025, and then we shit it out, okay? It's that level of stuff that's going on.

But the breakdown is concurrent with that. A lot of the breakdown stuff is leading people to a level of awareness, right? So it's the breakdown of things that allow them to see the Kazarian Mafia hand behind it. The Soros picked know, the defund, the police movement, which was paid for by George Soros, all of these kind of things. So the larger battle of the deep state versus
the populace will indeed emerge.

It'll emerge from an event here. Like I say, that's going to be eyes wide open kind of a thing, but it won't stop there, okay? So as we get into this larger awakening and people start seeing the Kazarian mafia and understanding how they work, then they're also going to have to face the idea of space aliens, okay? They're going to have to come to grips with that because it will be opened up by whatever this event is. Because you have to understand that everything that drives the Kazarian mafia is space alien oriented.

The Khazarian Mafia, Klaus Schwab, George Soros, all of these people in this inner group are not or descriptively. They are Jewish, okay? They're not Jewish in that religious sense. The way that your neighbor, who happens to be Jewish and goes to synagogue is religious. Their religion goes to the core of the Hebrew words that are in the Torah and those Hebrew words have no word for God in them.

The Torah has no word for Jew in there at all. It is a discussion, a description by the people who endured it, the people in Judea. It is a description of how to live with the El. The Elohim, the space aliens that came down and conquered them. These are the same Elohim that conquered the Khazarians and then were driven out or left for whatever reason, we don't know.

I'm speculating that there was a war between the Elohim and some other space aliens in India, and that the Elohim lost, and they were driven out of their Khazarian stronghold, which is in the northwest of India, and they went to Judea. But the Khazarians felt this huge thing of abandonment. And a lot of the literature within the Talmud, within the Zohar, which is this mystical aspect of Judaism, if you get into that, it's all about the abandonment of being the Khazarians and being abandoned by the El who left. And as I say, I think there was a war going on. The l got defeated.

They had to hightail it. They hid down in Judea, and they were modifying us genetically. So Klaus Schwab and his buddies at that level within the WEF that are truly the Khazarian Mafia, they think they have an extra bit of DNA. They think they are genetically modified. Okay?

And that that success in their genetic modification, it shocks them because they think it was successful. But then shortly thereafter, the l left and they started their genetic modification with the Essenes in southern Yemen, which they took to Judea. And those are the people of the Bible. That's Moses, Adam and Eve, all of these kind of people. It took the l 191 years to successfully create Adam, to successfully genetically engineer Adam.

It took them another, I think, eleven years to create Eve, and they had seven Eves that they discarded because they weren't acceptable to Adam. Okay? So these are the nature of the people that you're dealing with, the Khazarian Mafia. We're all genetically modified. All humans are.

Humans have 23 chromosomal pairs. And you can check me on all this science and go involve the real guys, like scientists, and they'll say, yeah, he's correct about that, but he's full of shit about all this alien stuff, right? But our chromosome pairs come down and set off into the chromosome, and we have 23 of these. What actually happened was in number two, it was expunged, it was cut out. Now, let me state something here factually.

No human biological engineer has ever inserted successfully a chromosome in any being. No human biological engineer has ever successfully inserted an effective gene in any being. Our genetic modification is called CRISPR, because it burns out genes. That's why it's crisped. It has a telltale residue that it leaves, that anybody that examines that genome can see.

That this was a Crisp critter, right? That this being that you're looking at that DNA had been through this genetic modification process where part of the genome was burned out. All humans on Earth that we've been able to assay have some level of this in their system. Usually it's number two has been burned out, and number three then becomes number two. And that's why we have 23 pairs instead of 24 pairs or 26 or 28, like all the other primates.

Okay? And here's the thing about the Khazarians. The Khazarians were done before the L got to their success with Adam and Eve. That really pisses off the Khazarian mafia that the Essenes were successful and the L really liked them. Okay?

Another thing about that was that the Khazarians, the burn, was only partially out. So the Khazarians have this little dongle, this little remnant of the old number two chromosome in their DNA. And you can actually determine who is Khazarian by examining the DNA and looking for this little stub. Okay? They think within their own internal understanding that this was an insertion.

And I dispute that. I think that it was just a bad burn job. So they think they have some extra DNA. Now, there's also another aspect of this. The source people for the Khazarians were Homo capensis, the Coneheads, the Rothschilds.

All of these great banking families are Coneheads. They have that capensis. And Homo capensis is another species. Homocapensis was concurrent with ancient humanity. And so when the L came down, they chose to work for the Khazarians on a Homocopensis variant that was Mongolian in nature, as are the Khazarians.

So the Khazarians have a Mongolian DNA set. There you go. Central Asia. Okay? And so they modified that.

And so you will see all of the Khazarians through history. First off, they're removing all of the paintings or the portraits of the Khazarians from the 800s all the way through to modern time from all the museums. They can find them because it points out that they're cone heads, right? They have the very tall, bald heads, even in the women. And they used to disguise it with these wrapped gossamer kind of fabrics and stuff.

And those were painted in. And so these paintings are being removed everywhere from museums because they know that people are starting to wise up. And this is something that they don't want to have happen, is for people to think, uhoh, we've got Ashkenazi Jews over here, but we've got coneheads over there that are the Khazarians. And they're not even human. They're not as human as we are.

They're not the same kind of human. Right? And so the Khazarians don't want that to happen, but it's happening in any event. So I'm giving you details you probably don't really care about here. But nonetheless, the genetic modification of this goes to and all of the space alien connections to the Khazarians are going to come out as part of this war.

And that elevates us up in terms of the awakening relative to humanity in a general sense, so that we won't as you say, our vision is going to enlarge, but our vision is going to enlarge, and it's not going to focus back on Earth 100%. So now we're going to get into this period of time where we're going to start focusing on the people that are living in the Moon. The moon is inhabited. It's inhabited now. It's been inhabited as long as there's been humans on this planet.

It may not be the people that are living there now. The beings that are living there now may not be the people that built it, though. We don't know. There's so much in the way of speculation about stuff we don't know about that, but we do know it's inhabited. We do know that they're very energetic at this point, and they've been extremely energetic about, I want to say, last six, seven months, and that there's just a really weird curiosity here.

So you remember the movie 2001 a Space Odyssey, right? And it starts off, they go to the moon and they dig, and they dig and they dig, and then they get that big black object, the obelisk, there. And then one morning, because it's uncovered, the sun comes up and the sunlight strikes it, and it sends off this message, right? Okay. So in that movie, they decided to go to the dig up that object, not just because they were out digging holes, but because that area of the Moon in the storyline had heated up unexpectedly.

It was just showing a sign of warmth that nobody could figure out why it was there. And so government decided, well, let's go look at it. Well, curiously, we've got a spot on the Moon that's just on the edge of the far side that we can't see that's heating up, and it's been doing so for, like, the last three or four weeks. There's some activity that we can measure down here that's going on under the surface of the Moon that's presenting us with different temperature gradients than we would usually see by some serious factor. So maybe they're who knows what they're doing there that would cause such a thing.

But the fact that our governments are aware of it means that they're going to be reacting to it at some point. And it is also curious that during this time we see the Indians landing on the South Pole and this kind of thing, right. So I think we're going to get into I don't know how much of the population will have it in their heads, but certainly by 2025 it'll be relatively common to come across conversations about people talking about what's going on with the beings on the Moon and maybe we'll actually have some kind of interaction with them at that point or be planning it. All right, folks, I've got a quick message for you. I have one simple question if today you could no longer go purchase more food for your family with the food stores that you have in your home, how long would you be able to feed your family?

Would it be a week? Three weeks? A month? Two months? A year?

This is a really important question, folks, that we have to be very realistic about, because the elites are proactively trying to put us into a state of food crisis and a state of famine. I'm sure you've seen all of the different food processing
plants and farms that are blowing up. We've got cattle dying by the tens of thousands. They're proactively trying to collapse our food system because they know if they can control our food, they can control us. And so one of the best ways to be outside of their control is to be able to have our own stores of food and to be able to produce our own food.

So there's really two things I would recommend. One is having heirloom seeds that you can grow your own food with. Making sure, though, that they're non GMO heirloom seeds. That that way you can harvest your seeds this year, use them next year. You can use these seeds for generations, literally.

It's how it will work. The other thing, though, is this high quality storable food. This is food that's sitting somewhere. It's hidden in your basement, buried in your backyard, whatever it is. So that way, if there is a crisis, if there is an emergency, you might have three months set aside to get through that time period.

And so for this, I would highly recommend a company called Heaven's Harvest. This is an amazing, Christian owned patriot company. And what they're doing is they're making high quality storable food. Again, a lot of the food companies, they say these food buckets, they're all about maximizing calories per dollar. They're filling the buckets with a bunch of filler and junk like sweet beverages, et cetera.

But Heaven's Harvest, they focus on very high quality food that will last up to 25 years on the shelf. They also sell heirloom seeds. You can buy all of your seeds. You can buy all of your storable food. And look, folks, personally, I would recommend having at least three months per person in your household, if not six months or even a year.

Again, depends on your budget. But I would definitely make sure you have some seeds, because those seeds could be worth their weight in gold, if not more in the future. So to go ahead and do this right now, go open up a new tab and go to Heavensharvest.com. And if you use the promo code Seth, that's S-E-T-H promo code Seth, you'll save 15% off of your entire order. So again, folks, the time is running out, and you'd rather be three months or one year early than one day late.

Again, Heavensharvest.com and use promo code Seth to save 15% today. So things are really, I mean, just the next twelve to 24 months, we're going to see society change in a fundamental way, which I guess makes sense because our society is what it is, because it's the shadow on the wall in Plato's cave. That's what we see our society as when the fire goes out and the handlers that are making the shadows are no longer there and we emerge from the cave, everything about the way of life that we remember will be.

So let's go back to Plato for a second, okay? A lot of our references such as Plato's cave and the Dionysi's discourses and stuff, those originate out of the Yuga, okay? So this is a true fundamental thing that affects humans. Humans are not the same always over time. Humans on Earth, this happens because the Earth wobbles up and down relative to the broad mass of the galactic center.

And so if we were to look into galactic center, we would see a bubble with all this emanations coming on out, and then we would see this big obscuring mass of all the stars and the planets and all the rest of the galaxy there. And we're out here going like this with our solar system around the edge of the galaxy. When we get up into here, outside this obscuring mass in these areas here, we get more galactic center emanations, various different kinds of radiation. We've had two different kinds of radiation that we've discovered impacting Earth since about 1996 or so. In any event, though, so humans actually change over time.

Now, when we are obscured, that's the Kali Yuga. We're not getting very much of these galactic center emanations coming through the mass. They're being absorbed by all the stars and all of that, and so we're kind of dim. Okay, so Plato's cave and all of the great thinkers of the past are really standout people because they stood out from the mass of otherwise dim individuals, which will always happen. You'll always have that big spread of humanity, but that big spread will have more geniuses as we go forward because we're going to get more emanations out of the galactic center.

So next generation will be born, in general, smarter than this generation, et cetera, et cetera, for some 10,000 plus years in the Kaliyuga. Our understanding is so limited that we now outside of the Kaliyuga by 325 years. Getting into our 326th year outside of it need to stop referencing that as though it is the end all and be all of human thinking, okay? Plato could not have conceived ideas that we hold in our head now relative to the natural world, let alone technology and any of that kind of stuff, right. Because his mind could not have coped with it.

In the Kali Yuga, the height of technology is a donkey for transportation or a sailboat. Okay? So that gives you some concept of where we had been. So I don't accept the idea that we should take the great thinkers of the past as being necessarily a guide for ourselves. And then here's something else.

As we came out of the kali yuga, as we were even in it from maybe the one one hundreds, okay? So it ended in 1698, but maybe from the 100s onward, with the rise of the Khazarian mafia, they took over what we would laughingly call science. And in taking over science, they pegged it to this weird idea that is the core of our physics now. And we had to abandon that core in order to work with electricity through leclerc, Maxwell, through heavyside, through tesla, all of these people abandoned the core. They didn't even think about this the way that the Khazarians do, okay?

But the Khazarians and all of our science has this idea that if you take enough sand, enough grit, and you mash it together in the appropriate way, it will achieve consciousness somehow. Okay? So basically, their whole science, our physics, our astrophysics, our deep physics, the large hadron collider, all of these things are based on the idea that consciousness arises from grit and that the grit exists. So, in other words, if all life were to disappear, the Khazarians have this view that reality would still exist with planets and stars and all of that kind of thing, right? And there'd still be dirt.

And even if all there's no bacteria, no plant life, no human life, no life at all, they're saying that dirt would still be here, that grit would still exist in the form of planets and so on. And that is not true, okay? That whole premise is a false premise that has diverted all of our science into a way that's impractical, and we have to bust out of it in order to achieve the engineering success that we have with tesla, maxwell, et cetera, right? Okay? So that's a fake understanding of reality, and it leads to a dead end.

It leads to the einstein quantum mechanics that has held us in stasis for over a hundred years. We've had no significant inventions since tesla. We've had incremental increases in efficiency in our inventions, but no significant inventions since tesla. And it's because we're operating on this quantum mechanics idea that nobody can reconcile, because it's impossible to reconcile the idea that you can get enough sand together to eventually have it become consciousness. And that's at the core of their thinking.

So here's the deal. There's a few radical scientists out there and the wu people that understand that consciousness existed. And consciousness created the grit. It created what we call here reality, our materium, okay? It created matter and stuck parts of itself in the matter.

You, myself, your dog, the bacteria, we're all living consciousness that's been stuck in the matter. Now, I have a theory as to why it did that, and a lot of people think I'm crazy about this, but I think it did that to try and discover novelty, because it's setting out there bored. Consciousness is everything, knows everything. It's all for all time, and it's bored. And then it has this idea that itself was new, and the idea was, could it create novelty?

And from the point that consciousness got the idea that it could create something it did not know about, it had to have an experiment. We are that experiment. So my viewpoint is that all of reality is ontologically created, right? The consciousness pushed aside a space within itself and created this material that we're in manufactured this illusion of matter and stuck our consciousness interacting with this illusion in order that stuff may happen and hopefully stuff that it could not conceive of happening so that it would have the shock of the new that rush of oh, my God, look at that. Right?

It would have release language. That's my understanding of why it did that. I have a lot of reasons to suspect and to be able to prove that it did indeed do that, that we are in fact ontologically downward, not grit upward. And that makes a huge difference in our science. And so we're going to abandon a lot of the science, especially from Einstein onward, as being really bogus.

And I think we'll also abandon a lot of the Kaliyuga thinking as being just that. Oh, well, that's so know you were so dense back then. That was the best you could do.

Interesting. Which really kind of goes in line with this mass awakening. So looking at kind of jumping in. I got so many questions here still, but I guess okay, one thing this is kind of looking at more of the kind of more immediate. In 2024, you've talked about how basically the current regime will have run out of power, run out of money, run out of their ability to keep the people within this delusion that allows them to stay in power.

So how do you think Trump fits into this? Because obviously they're
trying everything possible to take him, and we don't even know how many assassination attempts there have been. I'm sure there have been plenty. But do you think that something happens where he steps back in? Is he elected back in?

Does he just kind of disappear from the political scene? I mean, what are your thoughts on that? No. Okay, so if human politics are really weird and you can have all the data focusing on one thing and a different outcome arises, usually it's not the opposite. It would be something at 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees.

Right. So I think there's going to be a 90 degree emergence of some form. All right, how do I want to phrase I think that we have Trump in our future, and I think that we have a very I got to be careful about the choice of word. Okay, so there will be disharmony, but it won't be disharmonus, okay? We will have upset and we will have vast quantities of change.

But in the main, I think it's going to be a change towards a legitimate kind of a progress. So I do see Trump coming back, but I don't see us having the election under the current regime kind of understanding of those sorts of things. So maybe the military would come in and we'd have an election all in a day and Trump would be reelected and then we would set off on this. That does not change things, right? So even with Trump running things and even with all of us pulling together, starting to become more cohesive, starting to address our own problems and starting to re engineer our social order from the bottom up, which I do see in the data, okay?

And that's another area of discussion. But even with all of that, it does not change the fact that we will be at war. We will be in a war with the deep state that will go on for some period of time, even if we really can't figure out who's the enemy at the moment kind of a thing, right?

I think 2024 marks that point where we step over the threshold and whether we're dealing with the space aliens that year or not, we are preparing for that such that our social order is not allowed to ever go back. We won't be going back to the idea of isolated Earth, of humanity alone. And that has hugely profound implications for all different kinds of things within our social order. So it will become necessary that anybody that is a Christian examine Christianity and their relationship with it as it comes out that Christianity based on the Old Testament is based on dealings with the Elohim. Who are these space alien oppressors that came down and genetically modified us and have abused us and are adrenochrome addicts and they killed so many?

So the Elohim people, those aliens were also the ones in Mesoamerica. There's reasons to suspect that that group split themselves and part of them came over to mesoamerica for a while and messed about with the Aztecs and the Mayans. In some of the discussions there, as well as allusions to it in weird places. In Ancillary books in the Talmud, for instance, you come to an understanding that they were so addicted to adrenochrome that they at one point had a staggering 10,000 individuals killed in a single 24 hours period in order to free the adrenal glands and burn them such that these guys could huff them. Now, I have reason to think that maybe they're huffing the adrenochrome because of a lack of the galactic emanations.

Right? I think that the L originated much closer to Galactic center than we did and that they deliberately come out here as a predatory species because they know we're in our Kali Yuga and they can take advantage of us. I don't think they're great thinkers. I think they're truly horrific beings. If you read the Old Testament, word for word as it is actually written, you see these horrible crimes like the Archangel Michael being interrupted in some activity and taking his finger and pushing it right through the head of the person that interrupted him and killing him dead.

And then because he was annoyed, going and killing all of the family. So these are the beings that we're dealing with. So the people that have these beings as their gods are going to have to interact with that relationship with themselves and with their religion and with their gods. And they won't have any choice in the matter because all this will be coming out especially as regard to space aliens. So what does the appearance of our officialdom and our general social order discussing beings on the moon do to your religion?

Right? If you're Christian, if you're Jew and everybody around you is talking about factually, looking up and seeing the beings on the moon and people putting out channels on YouTube showing what happened last night like the 05:00 news on what the moon is going what they're doing up there, that's going to fundamentally alter your relationship with your religion, no matter how secure it is. And then you get in and you start looking at all the religions on the planet, with very few exceptions, are based on these space aliens. Hinduism to some extent Buddhism, because it has so much Hinduism in it. Although I don't think Buddha personally was influenced by the space aliens and is too further on.

But Muhammadism, okay, muhammad received the Quran from a space alien in a cave. That space alien was the Archangel Michael. He was one of the last El on this planet and he left with that last group. So Muhammad ism, is based on that interaction with the Archangel Michael, which we now know was one of the Elohim and was a space. So so we're going to have a real comeuppance relative to our past now, especially understanding that all these religions originate in the Kali Yuga, so know when we are not really that swift and they can come down and take advantage of us.

So we've got a few hundred years of real work here going through all of this, right?

So I want to talk a little bit about banking. This is one of the big topics I had that I wanted to cover with you because you had talked in a lot of ways predicted what happened earlier this year with the bank collapses that we saw happen. If you look at the amount of money that's been pulled out of the banking system in the past, I think a year or two, it eclipses what happened in 2008. I mean, it's a massive amount of money that's leaving the banking system now. Of course, the official narrative is that everything's fine and the recession is the recession worries.

Have passed and everything, but all the information I'm seeing kind of points to a very different scenario, that we're really on the edge of a pretty bad period. So what do you kind of foresee, or how do you look at the current situation with the banking system and how do you see it unfolding over the next six months or so? Over the next six months, we'll take a very large hit. Maybe it'll be a third of the major banks will fail. Okay?

You're alluding to money being taken out of the banking system. And that has this interesting ancillary effect, because we have fractional reserve. So every time somebody comes in and takes money out and we'll just call it the Rockefellers or the Rothschild Bank or the Federal Reserve, it doesn't matter any of the central banks, but you put money in, you put $100 in, they get to keep loaning out, because they count that as a fraction. And they have all these multipliers times ten, times 20, et cetera. And you get out to the point where you're dealing with derivatives flat out, you might be dealing with a magnification of 100 times that right there.

So anytime you come in and you withdraw that, you're collapsing all of those ripples that are based on that amount. Now, if I take my $100 out of the bank, it actually doesn't mean that they have to pony up this money, but it does mean they don't have that support for that continuing fractional reserve system. And so much money has come out that it's actually affected the functioning of a lot of these central banks. And so we're hearing rumors about the cracks in the Rothschild empire. Now, there's another aspect to this.

When the Central Bank creates money, bear in mind, okay, so we have a Central Bank. All these central banks are Rockefeller Rothschild banks. They've been imposed on us by law. We must deal with them, and they have never, ever been audited. And they're not subject to any audit.

So when they say that they've got $100 in here, maybe they don't have that. Maybe they've lied, maybe there's only $1 in there. But regardless, whatever they think they have in there, they are always lying on every one of these layers, putting out. And so they will put out 20 times your $100, and then they'll do another 20 times your $100 that they're just passing out to their friends, because it all spends the same. You don't know that those are bogus dollars.

And so our system is so hugely corrupted, so hugely polluted, because they've been doing this for over 100 years, that it is not auditable any longer. We would not have enough time to be able to go back through and see who did what with money, at what point. And so what I suspect will happen is that the events that we're undergoing now, independent of that and not part of that driving release language. This would only maybe double our usual deviation, but we'll see major collapses at like, tier one banks. And we're seeing that now rumors of that with the Rothschild empire.

And we're seeing this now rumors of disquiet in Vanguard and BlackRock because they live on this float, right? And they're not able to do what they want anymore because so much money is coming out of the system and going elsewhere. Gold, silver, Bitcoin, whatever, as long as it's not in dollar form or as long as it's not in fiat currency, it's out of their system. So I suspect that the bank collapse that we're going to have over these, like, next, I want to say before the
end of January, okay, so it'll appear sometime before then. We should have it bubbling up in the background.

That's going to be the start of a chain of events that will continue through 2024, that will be going ongoing as we are continuing on, such that every month for 2024, it'll become noticeable that your money is worth less than the month before, and that previous, and that the month you're just going through. So in January and then February, you'll see that there's more bank failures in February than there were in January. There's more disruption. You'll become more aware of it, and it'll just keep going on and on and on such that it is a continuing annoyance in your life as you go forward. Now, I do not expect the banking system to recover.

There are those people that suggest that the Federal Reserve will save itself and allow the other fiat currencies to die off. Now that we have gold and oil and energy backed rubles and so on and so on, I don't think that that's going to occur. All right? So I do not think that the Federal Reserve will be able to save itself. So I think that we're going to have to go through a very difficult process here, which would be reintroducing legal tender, legal money within the United States.

That probably because it'll be backed by something solid, probably will not be allowed to be used outside the country.

That was the way the ruble was managed against us way back when, during the Soviet period of time, right? They had a very effective, strong money inside. You couldn't buy anything. They had no goods. But that was a secondary issue.

Their money was solid because it was not allowed to be diluted and didn't go outside the country. So we'll have to put some kind of rules and that sort of thing on there. But think of what this is going to do as that occurs, just these initial banking collapses. We're going to see a lot more information come out because people won't be being bribed anymore. And so they're going to say, okay, you're not paying me anymore, so I'm going to dump out all of these photos I've got of you strangling that guy or whatever the hell, right?

So there'll be a lot of that as the banking system unravels and that'll contribute to more banking system unraveling because a lot of that is blackmail that's been used to hold and stitch the system together. So we're truly at the end days of that system. I think that's great. I think it's a nasty period to live in, but in terms of we're going to suffer, but the end result is good, the direction is good, and I don't see anything other than good coming from the fact that we will suffer here. And in that sense, we will have purification and we will have suffered for our sins in undoing all of this kind of stuff, right?

Our inattention and allowing all this stuff to occur, et cetera, et cetera. So we'll have to undo all of that as we focus our attention back into our own money system and understand where it goes. And we're going to have to educate people. Our school system is going to be upended because of this, because look at how much of it is dependent on subsidies through the federal government. That's how they control the school system.

That's going to break down when they can't get out the subsidies anymore. And you'll see a lot of the school systems where the administrators, as I was saying, will resign because the kids are in rebellion because they don't want to be taught this horseshit that doesn't do them any good the rest of their lives. And basically it's the great awakening where you're just not putting up with the bullshit anymore. And as the Kazarian mafia and the central bank and all the bankers that's all they have is purveyors of bullshit, we're about to leave them in the dust of history. It won't be a fun time, though.

What do you think happens to gold and silver amidst this banking collapse and this kind of end of these fiat currencies? They go to Unobtainium. Okay. So we'll see a brief period of time where there will be nominal dollar amounts. You'll see silver rising to the point where it eventually becomes worth the same amount or more than gold, but it'll be meaningless, okay?

Because you won't be able to. A, you wouldn't want to sell your silver or gold for fiat dollar bills, and there wouldn't be anybody around to sell to that had those kind of dollars, right? We're going to go through that sudden crash of a monetary system. That the same kind of thing that existed here in the 1930s that led places like Tonino, this little town over in Thurston County, to come up with wooden, nickels, wooden currency because there was no circulating currency. So that's what we're going to run into.

Once people stop taking your card, then you got to go to the bank and then you get paper money, and then you go back to the store and they say, no, I don't want that. We can't do anything with that. And that's what we're headed to, I actually expect. All right, so under those circumstances, if we were to arrive at that point where the people are rejecting the fiat currency within the commercial system in the United States, that I think could be the prompt for a resurgence of the military and the reemergence of Trump, okay? So bear in mind something that is factual.

Trump was asked to run.

Okay? You rarely hear people talk about that. Trump was a Democrat way back in the day, right? He's not a commie. So the Democrats left him.

They became leftists and commies, and he would never have associated with them in any event. But Trump was asked to run. And so that begs the question, who asked Trump to run? Okay? And so in my opinion, a group of individuals that I've stylized since 2001 as a self organizing collective asked Trump to run.

And I think that that self organizing collective is in the main military and has a certain attitude about also, it's my opinion, and I could be quite wrong about this, of course, about any of know wildly speculative. No one confirms know military doesn't talk to me. FBI follows me, and the officialdom shadows me and gives me a lot of heat, but they don't come and chat. Right? So I'm basing this on observation and some level of acumen, but I'm of the opinion that those individuals say there were a bunch of generals, right?

Whoever it was that asked Trump to run, I think they were motivated by something that we have yet to see emerging into our reality here that will ultimately I think that they were prompted by information that they had about people on the moon. Okay? So I think there was something external to Earth that prompted these guys to say, okay, they started getting together. I think they started getting together in 63, november 23, the day after they shot Kennedy. I think this sock formed.

I think they were nascent ahead of that. I think that there were some elements of it that gathered in 1957, but in 63, they formed up. And since that period of time, all of the members within that socket, the control level, in my opinion, have become aware of this external to Earth and external to humanity pressure that is being put on all of us, even if us guys don't recognize it or know it yet, it's being put on them. And so they've come to the point where they said, okay, the money's collapsed. This is projection.

I'm projecting that sometime in the next few months, they'll come to the point where they'll say, okay, the money's collapsed. The deep state isn't going to be able to maintain the Biden regime. It's all falling apart. And this kind of thing, now is our time to emerge. When they do emerge, there will necessarily be a focus here in the United States rebuilding getting the social order back together and stuff.

But I bet you there's this underlying current that goes through there that we're doing all of this stuff not just because it's the good thing to do, but because we need to do it, because there's something pending and we've got to get our shit together in order to face that pending occurrence. And I think it's the interaction with what I term the other space aliens in some form. And so basically, looking at the military as an example and even talking to General Flyn who's become a friend in this process, it's easy to look at the military and think you look at General Milley and all the different characters in it and think, oh gosh, it's just completely compromised. I'm not going to depend on them. And when push comes to shove, the ones that would have been protecting the Constitution were forced out from the vaccine mandates and they've done a great job of calling the military and just keeping the ones that are going to be following whatever orders come down from Biden.

But you think that there's a strong opposition to that that could perhaps play a significant role in helping to really to remove this communist scourge from our country. So I spent the first 17 years of my life as a military brat, so I've seen this from the inside, right? I've grown into this. And so it's true of any war, when we get into the first part of the war, the first thing we do is to shed all the generals and a lot of the colonels that are basically useless, that are just there for their pensions, et cetera, right? We always have a big level of resignations of generals and functioning colonels prior to getting into any kind of actual combat.

And you'll see that this always precedes the actual emergence of that conflict. So we were shedding generals in 1940 and 1941 in anticipation of going into World War II, right? The same thing happened with 1910 relative to the war emerging in 1913. The same thing happened in the 1950s prior to Korea, but it didn't happen quite the same because we were just coming out of World War II. We had yet to build up this, what everybody calls the civilian military, which are the
guys that want to be diplomats, want to put on the uniforms and have the chauffeurs and all of that, but have never really done anything, right.

They're not really functionaries. And the military operates, whether it's the Navy or the army, I'm asserting the Air Force and even the Space Force operate on this. And that is that you have non comms, right, non commissioned officers. That's really where the power of all militaries lie. Officers lead, but it's non commissioned officers that manage everything.

And so you will see, if you wanted to go in, it won't come out for a while, but I bet you there are whole units within our military that had no vaccine, the non comms would not have it operational. And so I know personally, I have met Navy guys that went against orders prior to Korea in order that they might be able to get what they needed for their ship and their crewmate because they knew they were going to be deployed in like eight months, right? And so no, they weren't coasting, they weren't decommissioning, they were stashing toilet paper, they were stashing ammo, everything they could do to get what their people would need. And that's just the way the non comms are even today. It's that way, right?

They have a personal interest basically in keeping themselves and their people alive when the shit hits the fan and they can see that that fan blade's turning and stuff's going to happen. So I think that there is that core within our military. And you could ask General Flynn about his impression of some of these hardcore noncoms. But I know that there are whole units, I don't know how large, so I know there's companies, I don't know if it extends up to battalions or regiments in the main because that's a lot of individuals, three and 5000, right? But there are whole units where they signed all the forms and said the shots were given and they were just shit canned.

They just threw them right away. So that kind of rebellion, that kind of insubordination existed and it'll be those units that will emerge. Bear in mind Cheyenne Mountain was shut up, nobody's come out since. This is when COVID first emerged, right? Trump says you know something about because of caution we need to do this.

And so we've got areas of our military that are isolated from what's going on relative to COVID and the shots and all of that kind of thing. I expect this stuff to change very rapidly. The nature of warfare is different now. So people say, oh the United States Army is so decimated and they can come and take us over easily and so on. The fact of the matter is that, yeah, we've got lots of troops that are ill, the shots did damage to millions and our military is in a shambles.

But mostly warfare is not going to be waged anymore by people with carbines and people marching around, okay? That's just not the nature of warfare anymore. It's drones, it's energy weapons, et cetera, et cetera. So you don't have to move vast quantities of men in order to accomplish your strategic or otherwise goals. You need a hardcore, relatively small group of very technically proficient people in order to achieve great things.

So maybe let's say that there was a drone or a series of drones that were used to do okay to take out lahaina and that it was not a satellite, that it was just drone. So they actually had to have a crew somewhere that fueled the drone, put the batteries in, checked them, all of that kind of stuff, right? So maybe there were a hundred people involved in doing the hit on Lahaina, the actual work. There were two or three that made the decision. There were committees that decided what they're going to do.

They told Oprah and all their friends to be able to piggyback on all of this. That's just the way this thing works. But maybe there were only 100 people that actually did it under those circumstances. We're in a new kind of warfare. So if you want to see an example of this warfare, go and look at the picture of the 911 towers turning to rubble as they fell, okay?

That was a directed energy weapon, it was not shaped charges. There's no other mechanism on this planet that causes that to occur. And the dust tells us that by the way, because directed energy weapons do things to cement and so on that you can find out later. And so again, how many people were involved in bringing down the towers. So we're looking at a mass of the population against a relatively small number.

That relatively small number knows they're small in number and they have no protection once their cover is blown. Once we all look at them, we're getting to that phase. Now it will go from in my opinion, it'll go sweep through the upper echelon and then something will happen. Somebody will be a whistleblower or something and will get documentation. This particular person, this particular corpsman pushed a button that caused Lahaina to disappear.

And maybe he was ignorant, maybe he didn't know that pushing that button because maybe his screen was showing him a game that he had to solve and was part of his training. He doesn't know, he can't tell, he's just working off of a screen. But it'll come down to that point where somebody's name will come on out as having been associated with pushing a button on some of these tasks for the deep state. And then those people will start committing suicide, being disappeared or being confronted on the street or whatever. And at that point when you see that start happening, then you know that we're in that last end game relative to this part of the deep state, to their actual ability to functionally move us around.

And then it's going to be really weird because we won't have government, we won't have officialdom, because bear in mind, all of our lives, even all of my life, okay? The first early part of my life, it wasn't as true as from the 60s on, but from the 60s on all of our social order has been guided in a particular direction continuously and all the fringe people were gathered up and pushed back into that direction continuously by the deep state. We were never allowed to fractional and go off and do all of these things, right? So now we're going to come up to the point where without government control, people will be doing all kinds of stuff that had been shoehorned away from their you know, people were starting to think about going to the moon so they had to create NASA in order to control it, right? So maybe we'll have a lot more private moon expeditions.

Who knows what's going to happen here. And it is this busting open of the control that is going to be the really strange part for all of us. So imagine this situation.

You're sitting there on your porch in the evening and just kicking back and a spaceship comes down and a little me and it sits down there. It's sitting out in your yard. You're all a little freaked out, you don't know what to do. The dog's barking, but you don't run away and door opens up and out comes this being and it says seth, Seth, we've been watching, we've been watching. Love your work.

Can we sit down and chat? And that is official contact, okay? Because they don't want to talk to government. They don't want to have anything to do with official. So we have this in our heads that when the space aliens come here they're going to want to stop in DC and talk to Biden or Pelosi.

No, it won't work that way. So our interaction with the space aliens is not going to be through the layer of humanity that we call government. And once that occurs, government becomes superfluous. We don't need them anymore in any way, shape or form. A, we're going to be smarter because of the galactic center stuff, but we'll also be interacting with the aliens and we'll get a lot of tips for doing things that now require government.

And we won't have to do that because, well, for one thing, government's going to collapse because they won't have the fiat to fund themselves anymore. And that's going to cause all kinds of problems in and of itself as all these uselessly educated people. We've got to reeducate them. We've got to find something for them to do, right? Everybody that's got a degree in gender studies has got to go back to college to learn something fundamental and factual and productive.

So basically we've got to reeducate a whole generation, maybe two. A lot of them will unfortunately die because they took the shots. We're going to see a big wave of that. There is a two and a half year crest. So two and a half years after you take the shot, it appears that a number of people are fine for two and a half years and then they just keel over.

So we're going to see a big wave of that appear. People even now are starting to say about how I took the shot and I regret it.

Just like with my thing here, we've had a 13 times standard deviation in our work productivity as reported by Department of labor. So if you go and look at the statistics. We're running 13 times the standard deviation in the impact on our labor force. This was why they intended to bring up 40 or 50 million people from Africa, Latin America, et cetera, is because they're estimating that we'll have about 45 to 50 million people die. And we're well on the weight of that with just the disabled list, right?

So there's a lot of people that are just dropping out of the labor force that have not yet died and in fact they're now consuming more resources because they're involving themselves with the medical profession to try and stay alive from having taken the shot, right? And so it was the estimate on the parts of the deep state that we were going to need 40 to 50 million new workers. Now they're going about it in order to maintain the Biden regime and that kind of thing. And it's not organized, but it is factual that our labor force has been really hit. We won't be able to recover
it with the people that we have now.

We're going to have to reorganize ourselves to accommodate this. And so maybe that's going to be more robotics available. Maybe we're just going to stop doing a lot of things just because of the lack of the people involved. You just can't get a crew to do something, therefore you just don't do it. And we have to focus on different things for the rest of my life, but also for the rest of the generations that have been affected by this pandemic.

And so that would take us out to 2036 or so and then we'll have a clean generation from that point on. So between now and say, 2036, we will be reorganizing. And then from 2036 onward, you'd be able to say, okay, our society is going to sort of look like this for the foreseeable future, but we're in this all frothy period that we just don't know. We can't tell because there's so much that's been damaged by the attack of the deep state on us pretty soon. Okay?

So I've seen the early signs manifesting in reality and I termed it way back when, as these people won't be able to walk down the street. Okay? And we're seeing that Bill Gates got into a limousine and his limousine was harassed by people that were extremely angry and shouting. And had he been outside of that limousine, probably even though it was in England and they're very restrained, probably he would have suffered some level of ruffianism know, I don't think they would have slugged him because they're, you know, they would have been expressing unkind anger at him and he would not have liked that. He didn't like being in the car.

I'm certain it's going to get really bad for these people and it'll go really quickly as the banks go to the point I'm actually expecting individuals to act out. Right? I expect we'll find out later that some of these individuals have been vaxxed and are just taking out their anger on the people that they see as being the cause of their particular problem. And I say it's an ugly time. Those of us that survive this are going to be really hard sons of bitches, and that's going to be required because we have to stand up as rock solid, I mean, like as iron spine in dealing with these space aliens.

And that part is coming. So the final question I had as we round out is just what are the basic things that people should do heading into this stage of the big ugly of this massive change? The collapse of currency, social unrest, whether it's financial, whether they're staying in the dollar or not, food, living. I know it could be a very broad discussion. What are a few kind of key points, though?

No, it comes down to a very simple concept self reliancy. Okay? So you can't count on anybody else. You can't count on money. You can't count on an infrastructure dependent on that money.

So you are now self reliant. If you don't know how to do it, you're going to have to figure out how to do it. The good news is you don't have to do like I did in my youth. You don't have to go and spend hours a day in a state library to research this stuff. You can still do it online.

I expect our electronic infrastructure to still exist and be effective, and this will seriously aid people because it's going to be the most intense research effort ever undertaken by humanity, in the broad sense, in any time in our past and probably anytime in our future for a great while, because there is a need here. And so you've got to become self reliant. So if you don't know how to do it and you need to do it, you better figure out how to do it, better research it, and every time you make a move. So the big, ugly part of this is that once the banking system collapses, once we get into this idea that everybody understands we're at war and there's no longer a stable footing and so on, then you're at that. Point where you say, oh, jeez, I'm dependent on this bank, so I'd better figure out how to get my money out, how to store it, because the Fiat won't exist.

It's already degrading. Okay, so maybe you're going to buy Bitcoin. Well, then maybe you better figure out how to run a Bitcoin wallet and so you can't rely on people. So you got to go and learn this online and try it and test it and so on, such that you are comfortable being self reliant. And a lot of people are not, and a lot of people want to only take direction.

And so there's going to be a lot of histrionics. If you are. A self reliant person. You're going to come to this point where you're going to have to shove people away because they're going to deplete your resources with their needs and they are not going to be offering anything back. And you are going to be in the position where your resources are going to be stretched pretty thin.

And so you're going to have to say to yourself, I can't support you guys. You're just going to have to do it on your own, right? This is going to be a very difficult and testing time. But as I say, all of the people that come through it are going to be some serious humans, some really stand up people, right? Universe makes us.

And universe has decided that we need to harden up. So there's hope. There's hope. I'm a hopeful person. I'm not negative at all because I know that the functioning of the Kali Yuga and so forth, I'm very optimistic because I know the next generation will be born smarter than the existing one and so on and so on and so on.

And at some point I'll die and then I'll come back. Maybe I'll come back 2000 years, right? I'll be coming back in the ascending stage. So it's going to be really cool. Maybe I'll get my floaty RV.

There you go. Well, as we wrap up, I want to direct people to your substac. It's just cliffhigh substack.com. This is where I go. You've got all your everything you publish comes through here that I'm seeing and also just following you on Twitter, I guess.

X as Cliff Underscore high. I'll put those links below. And so do you have any kind of final thoughts as we wrap up?

Well, I worry about people, so now's the time to get off our butts and get it done. We don't have to really rush out. We've got to pace ourselves. We're in for the long haul. But as I say, I'm very optimistic.

Things are getting better by the day, even though we're in the midst of the chaos, even in Lahaina. The more they push, the more they fight, the more they're wearing down the deep state and they will achieve their agree? I agree. Well, Cliff, thank you so much. I know you're very busy and I really appreciate you taking the time to speak with me.

And just thank you for doing what you're doing and for being here today. All right, folks, I hope you enjoyed that interview. We're now going to be jumping into an economic update with Dr. Kirk Elliott. Kirk, as usual, it's so good to have you on, man.

Thank you so much for being here. It is so great to be with you. As usual. It really admittedly, we just got over this holiday weekend and we just finished this massive move. So my head has been on packing boxes and dealing with trying to park giant U Hauls and trailers.

So I haven't been following what's happening with the financial stuff, aside from following what's happening with the real estate market and then a lot of the things going on with bricks, but I know that you have. So walk us through what's going on right now. Well, lucky for you that you've been moving. You're never going to hear those words again because you'd be sad if you were watching the news. It's not good, brother.

It's not good. So just be thankful that you're unpacking boxes and you haul and everything. So but anyway, so there's been a lot of gaslighting, I would say, from Biden over the last couple of months about how great his economy is, right? And I started thinking about this during the BRICS meetings, when they were having the BRICS meeting, because two different types of communicators, putin and Biden, right? So Putin speaking from this posture of power and confidence.

And to me, it's not the narcissistic, smug, arrogant Putin, right? It's like when you know something that's coming down the road and you know that it's going to happen, you can speak from a point, a posture of power versus it's human nature if you're telling a lie, that you're not going to have very confident approach to your conversation, right? So when Biden talks about, oh, look, look how great the economy is under me, look at how many jobs that we're creating when there's absolutely job losses, look at all the gross domestic product and how it's growing and how we're so robust, right? And look at all this stuff, this advances that we're making, and they're all absolute lies, right? So you can't really understand a lot of what he says anyways, but even if you could, it's coming from a point of weakness, right?

So that's where you look at it. And so when I was watching this BRICS meeting and Putin standing up there and saying all this stuff, and sure enough, by the end of the BRICS meeting, six of the nine largest oil producers in the world are going to be part of BRICS. They've got 31% of global production GDP versus 30% for the G seven nations. They know what they have is something big, and they just made it bigger by basically taking away the petrodollar, right? So now when you've got Biden just basically talking about lies, it's just no confidence, sadly, in anything.

And I'm not trying to be political about it, right? I'm just saying, when he's speaking, there's just no confidence in it. He was in East Palestine the other day, being interviewed and saying, Why aren't you I mean, people there are ticked, right, because of the train wreck and the spill and everything that happened a while ago, and why aren't you helping? And his answer was so awful. There's people there that are dying, they're sick, they're hurt, right?

The economy is in shambles. And he said,
Well, I don't know if you've noticed, but I've been busy traveling all over the world. It's like, what? That's your answer? That you've been busy and traveling all over the world?

And then he named a few countries and it's like your people are hurting in your own country. Knock it off, stay home, help. Right? But maybe it's better than he doesn't help. Because whenever the government tries to help anything, it makes it kind of worse.

But anyways, his lie. So the economy is growing, right? So I pulled up this article. It's an older one, but it really paints a picture of the biden economy because this know, during the artificial intelligence OpenAI chat, GPT, this whole big tech movement that's been going on for the last nine months, that we're moving in that direction. I mean, look at Nvidia, just this poster child for amazing stock success, right?

Because they've got artificial intelligence and they're creating the chips that allow this to happen. So you would think that all of these tech giants with this big huge next wave that's going to engulf the global economy, that they'd be booming, busting at the seams, hiring everybody that they possibly can. But take a look at this list right now. It was published first in January, updated in March. It's a little bit dated, but the numbers are actually getting worse, not better, right?

So amazon 27,000 jobs cut. It's a lot of jobs, right? Meta, 21,000 jobs cut. Alphabet, that's Google, 12,000 jobs cut. Microsoft, 10,000 jobs cut.

Crypto.com, 500 jobs. Now people are like, Kirk, that's only 500 jobs. It's like, yeah, but that's 20% of its workforce. And they're one of the largest crypto companies on the planet, right? Coinbase 2000 jobs cut.

Dell, 6600, ebay, 500. Salesforce, 7000 jobs. Twilio, 1500. Twitter, 3700. I can go on and on and on.

These are a lot of job layoffs, right? And so what's Biden saying? How can he say that the economy is growing and all these numbers are increasing when unemployment is going through the roof? I would rather believe the companies telling us that these people are being laid off because they have to. Because they can't lie at the quarterly shareholders meetings or else the SEC is down their throat, right?

So those numbers are real. Biden's numbers are not. So it's like, well, Kirk, how can the government get away with lying? Oh, well, because they revised the numbers. See, Seth, you've been in media for a long time, right?

And if you tell a story or you're reporting on something and it turns out that you made a mistake, right? And so he's like, I was wrong on that one. And so you give a revision. You recant what you said a few days later and said, I made a mistake on that. Who listens to the recant?

Nobody. They only listen to the first story. So every time you see government numbers and go back and look, go back and look at the government numbers on all these reports that are coming out, they'll post something, three to four days later, it's revised lower so they can A, not get in trouble for lying because they said, oh, yeah, we revised those numbers, right? But nobody reported on it. They only report on the original story, right?

So this is how they get by with some of this garbage, is when you think about it, like the unemployment numbers, for example, these Bureau for Labor Statistics economists, they're working on this for three months straight. You would think they would have it right the first time, right? But then a few days later, it's like, oh, yeah, we made a mistake, and we made a mistake the quarter before and the quarter before that and the quarter before that. And they always revise a few days later because nobody covers it. So this is how they get by with lying.

But at some point, it's like the boy who cries wolf. It's like nobody believes the numbers anymore, right? People don't believe the original story anymore because they're always revised. I was even watching one of the main financial news networks, and they said, well, these numbers are coming out, but we'll see what happens on the revision. This is like, why even report the original anymore?

So this is all nonsense, right? But what is a bigger issue that I'm seeing other than the government lying about numbers, which they always do, is what happens to America after the BRICS meeting, right? So with the BRICS meeting, you have to look at what happened. And nobody was covering that story like we talked about last time, right? CNBC, MSNBC, ABC, NBC Fox News BBC.

Nobody was covering the BRICS meeting. Like, nobody I looked during the Bricks meeting, nobody was covering. Right? We covered it, right? Other Patriot shows were covering it because it's the most monumental economic news of our lifetime, right?

I mean, it's the paradigm shifting moment of the global currency and the reserve currency of the US. Dollar. It's a big. So what happened during that BRICS meeting is they basically removed the petrodollar status, which means that we're going to have to print money like there's no tomorrow to fund all of our obligations, and we're going to have to raise rates to slow down the inflation that that printing creates. That's what's coming up, right?

There was this article that I saw just a couple of days ago on Zero Hedge, and it was so good. It was such a good article. Kurt, before we jump into that, because I want to give that but there's a short video why I wanted to play that I thought of while you were talking about just the reality of what the average Americans facing versus what the White House and the mainstream media are telling us, because they're telling us that things are great. But actually, let me place video because this guy it's a short 1 minute video from TikTok where this guy goes through and looks at the differences between 19 32,023 and it's so telling what's really happening. So I'll play this really quick because I know the next article you want to get into is a really meaty one.

So I want to jump and get this out there first. So let me pull this up. Now. Are in a silent depression. When you compare the Great Depression to today, this is going to absolutely blow your mind.

In 1930, during the Great Depression, the average home in America was $3,900. The average car was $600 and the average monthly rent was $18 or $216 a year. And the average salary was one $300 for the year. Fast forward to today. It is $436,000 for the average home, 48 grand for the average car, and the average rent is $2,000 a month or $24,000 a year.

And we have a $56,000 income for the average American right now. So if you look back to the Great Depression, the house was only three times the average salary. Now it is eight times the average salary. The car was 46% of the salary. The car today is 85% of the salary.

And here's the craziest part. The rent was 16% of the average salary. It is now 42% of the average salary. So I saw that and I was just obviously, we know that biden has completely wrecked the economy. But what this also shows to me the takeaway is this is fiat currency, right?

I think it was Lenin that talked about is Lenin or the or both, perhaps, that talked about taxation as a way of basically grinding the people. So sorry, taxation? No, it was inflation. How inflation was like the silent tax that could grind people down. I mean, that's significant right there.

So they're telling us all things are great, yet everyone's thinking like, you pay all your bills and it's like, well, why do I have no money left? Why do you know, having to use my credit card? Why can't I afford a basic used car? And this is the reality. Doesn't matter what side of the political aisle you're on, this is the reality of life in America now.

Yeah, I mean, so Lennon's comment that you were talking about, the gist of it is if you want to destroy a country, you destroy their it. I mean, that that was the gist of what he was saying and getting at, right, and he's right. And you look at those numbers and that is the end result of fiat based money creation, or money that's just printed by wind. Fiat means by decree, right. So there's no tangible backing behind it.

Right. So what does that tell us? That tells us wages haven't kept up with inflation. That's all that that's telling us. And that's why people are feeling so pinched, right?

That's why people are feeling like they go to the grocery store and their money doesn't go as far as it used to because if your wages were keeping up with the inflation, you wouldn't feel the difference. It'd just be everything's more expensive. But you're making more. Right, but it's not the case. Everyone's feeling every year that goes by, people are feeling more and more pressured, more and more pinched.

They can't make ends meet. And also back then, what even makes it worse is most families only had one income earner in the house back then. It was societal. It was just society. The moms kind of stayed home with the kids or took care of the house while the dad was working.

Now that is so far a thing of the past. Oh, yeah. You've got both moms and dads working sometimes three jobs between the two of them. Sometimes each mom and dad have two jobs each. So you start amplifying that and it makes it even worse than what those numbers are saying.

Oh, yeah. I did a quick calculation, Kirk, I'll throw out there. This is just interesting. So I was curious. So at that time in 1930, when I think gold was what, $20 an ounce, right?

That was before the Confiscation Act, which then upped the price of gold. So gold was around $20 an ounce. So at that time you could buy the average house in America for around 195oz of gold. At that time, in 1930, that same 195oz of gold in today's numbers is almost 400,000. So that's an interesting point.

It's just a side point to throw in there
that literally you have all these changes. And if you're sitting in the dollar during that entire process, say you've got $4,000 to buy a house in 1930, or you're thinking, okay, or I can take 4000 and put it into gold, that $4,000. Say you just stuck it in your floorboards, you dug it out today maybe you can afford a door and a window on a house. Because I know that they've used the analogy of the soup before, but looking at those numbers, I was just curious with that. It's kind of interesting.

Well, and it's so appropriate. You start looking at money in its real basic form of what it is. Gold is real money, silver is real money. Start looking at things throughout history like what you just did, and it's an amazing thing. Gold or silver, they both have maintained their purchasing power parity over time.

You're not falling behind. If you would have owned gold back then and you kept it till today, you didn't fall behind at all, actually. Where the dollar has lost 99% of its value since the early 19 hundreds. 99%. It's brutal, right?

So this is where look at precious metals, gold or silver more as an insurance policy against a collapsing currency as opposed to something that's going to grow and get great investment results from now. Granted you are, because you just look back three and a half years and silver was 1191 an ounce. Today it's 23 and a half. We're averaging over 30% a year growth. It's doubled in three and a half years.

That's incredible. Right? So when you look at it, though, the way that you did, it's like, wow, why didn't I wish I would have invested in gold in the in the years ago when I thought about doing it, right? And people get so caught up and it's like, oh, let's go in stocks, let's go into bonds. Right?

But over time, gold and silver have always proven to be the safest asset in the world. And that number you just said amplifies that statement, like, puts an exclamation point around it. It's like, this is really safe. It's maintained its purchasing power over all those hundreds of years, over all the wars that have happened, over all the inflation, over all the economic corrections, the 2000, the 2009, everything. It's maintained its purchasing power.

It's amazing. It is. So sorry I interrupted you, though, because you were getting ready to talk about this article, which I'll bring up now about the rising GDP and the rising yields. Walk us through what this means. Okay, so this article is written by Matthew Pipenberg with GoldSwitzerland.com.

It's a really good article, but I'm going to simplify it just because bonds can be very tricky. But basically, he said, and he makes the contention, which I do as well, that for years he's tried to make one point, and so have I. The bond market's really smart, right? And it is the thing that is the barometer moving forward to economic correction, what's the strength of the bond market, right. But why?

So you look at what the Federal Reserve of Atlanta just came out with their GDP numbers for the third quarter. Now, every Federal Reserve Bank measures something different. They have all their economic experts that basically measure one thing. So they can basically it's a very siloed approach. Like the St.

Louis Fed measures inflation. The Atlanta one measures gross domestic product. Right. So they said the third quarter GDP was 5.9%. Is that number real or is it phony baloney like every other government number that comes out?

Right. Well, let's just assume that it's real. I do think it's overstated, but let's just assume that it's real. Well, what is gross domestic product? GDP measures everything that you and I and everybody in the country are buying at retail prices from Target and Best Buy or wherever, right?

And so those things that are produced in America. So what should it then be? If it's measuring retail prices that we're spending money on and inflation is measuring the prices of what we're spending on GDP, if the economy we're actually growing would keep up with inflation, it should be the same. So GDP should be in the 15% to 20% range because that's unofficially what inflation is hovering. So basically, meaning that, say, I'm buying a Pin, and a Pin used to be, say, $5 because of inflation.

Say it's now $6, right? So they're saying, oh, well, now you spent $6. So there's say, a 20% increase in GDP. But they're not accounting for the fact that it's actually just 20% more expensive, basically. Am I correct?

They're saying that if GDP is, say, 5%, inflation is 15%, that's a 10% reduction. Like the GP is actually, say, negative 10%. No, it's actually worse than that. So let's just say it were 5% and inflation is at 15. So that's one third of the total GDP.

So that means the economy is really contracted by 67%, right? Because it's 67% less than what inflation is at. So these numbers, they're bragging about 5.9% and they said we could even see a surge of over 8%. This isn't good, right, because it's not keeping up with inflation. You always have to measure everything in light of inflation, like the purchasing power that we talked about, of the houses and the cars and everything that we looked at, right?

It's like, well, who cares if GDP is growing by 5% when the house has gone up by like 80 times, right? Who cares? So GDP should measure inflation, should equal inflation. Well, it doesn't. So what does this now start to tell us?

A story.

So the point of all this is they think that the economy is growing. However, this is where these economists I'm not saying that they're stupid. I'm not saying that the economists at the treasury or the Fed are stupid. They're very smart PhDs. They're not telling you the right information on purpose.

That's what I'm saying.

The treasury market, the US Treasury bond should be the most the safest asset in the world and it's been considered that for decades. Right. And why? Well, because it's the long term treasury bill of the United States, the most robust economy, the wealthiest nation, and even when push comes to shove, if we run out of money, congress just going to raise the debt ceiling and print more money because we're the reserve currency. So basically the propensity for a default on a US Treasury has been about zero.

It's actually been considered a risk free investment. So when you have something that's got very little risk, it's going to have a very low rate of return. The interest rate is going to be like it was like 1%, like forever. Right. So compare that to a junk bond.

Like Michael Milken, the junk bond salesman king, right. So here's what he had to do to sell junk bonds to his clients and say, hey, client, have I got a deal for you. Right. So there's this company, they might go out of business in nine months, but you could make a killing on it in that nine months because they're paying 15% interest on their bonds, right? That's a junk bond versus the US Treasury, which is classified as the safest asset in the world.

Very low interest rate. So what's happening with Treasuries around the world right now. The yields are going up, which means their safety is not really there. Whenever you have a higher yield, it always means a riskier investment, right? So you got to keep that in mind.

You've got all this debt that we're amassing as a country, and now the cost of servicing that debt is going up, not just on corporate bonds or muni bonds, but at the sovereign debt level. To me, that's the slow death of a country. And it's not just happening here. It's happening all over the world. So it is like this article saying this is a major sign of an uhoh.

I wouldn't say it's an uhoh. I'd say it's a death trap, is what I would say that it is, because debt driven growth is not growth like these supposedly smart economists at the Fed and at the Treasuries. Debt driven growth is not growth. It's stimulus money. Growth comes from you and me and everybody else going and buying those pens with our own money, buying TVs with our own money, buying cars, buying houses.

That's real growth. Debt based growth is not real growth. So debt based growth is an oxymoron. It just truly is. You can't have debt based growth now.

You can in the short term, you provide stimulus money. That stimulus money gets injected into the stock market, gets handed out to people. Short term, it can boost an economy medium. And long term, it's the death of that economy because ultimately, you have to pay back the piper, right? So that's where we are.

So I'll just throw in. So basically, I like breaking this down in little analogies that my little pea brain can understand, right? So it's kind of like, say my household expenses are $5,000 a month, and that's representative of my capacity to earn money, et cetera. But say I get a credit card with, say, $100,000 limit, and I start spending an extra ten grand every month with a credit card. And I'm like, Look, I'm at a $15,000 a month lifestyle.

I'm growing, I'm expanding, but I'm doing it through, taking on more and more debt. So it's deceptive because it's almost like negative growth. It's like, yeah, you're increasing, your money flowing through, but every month you're actually going more and more into debt. Is that kind of a way of understanding it? Yeah.

See, they would view that extra $10,000 a month that you're spending as economic growth because you're actually spending the money. The problem is, like, if you're a business owner, you've got your expenses and your income on your income statement, right? If expenses are greater than your income, you're going to go out of business. It's just the end result. So they view that as growth, where I view it as the death trap, because ultimately, people hit their max credit line, then they have to stop.

It's like, oh, now they've got these payments. We can't
make these payments, right? It's like, what do we do? So this is where we are when something is an oxymoron, meaning it absolutely doesn't make sense. The only people that believe an oxymoron to be true are morons, right?

And they're the ones that are writing it. They're the ones that are writing these laws of these oxymorons, and they're the only ones that believe. So let's paint this picture with a story, because I think everybody who has college age kids is going to realize, oh, my word, kirk's telling the truth on this. So in this article, they call it the Tale of the Drunken Stupid, right? So I'm going to embellish it a little bit for story's sake.

So let's just say, Seth, that you are a frat boy. You're in college and you're in this frat house, and everybody else in the frat house is also a frat boy. Well, frat boys have dads that give them credit cards to use in college, right? So if you're living in this frat house and you've got Daddy's credit card, what's the first thing that you're going to buy? It's like, oh, guys, let's build a bar in the house, and then let's stock that bar with top shelf liquor.

It's like, we're going to have parties every night, and so we can't just have that. Let's get the biggest giant screen TV screen that we can, but we're going to have to have a big party couch to sit on. And so they start spending all this money and live this party lifestyle. And what's the end result? The end result is they're in college to learn, right, and their grades, because they're not focusing on school.

Go from A to B to C to D to F. Dad's seeing the report cards, and he calls up, son, I'm cutting you off from your credit card. You're wasting all of my money parting it up, not studying. I paid for your college. I'm paying for the stupid lifestyle.

And now you're getting f's. No more credit card for you. And every other dad in the frat house starts to do the same thing over time. So now apply that to Washington, DC. DC.

Is the frat boy. The dad's credit card is the printing press, right? So people in DC. Are just spending all this money, all this frivolous money, stimulus, raising the debt ceiling, doing all this garbage. And now Daddy's credit card has run out because of what happened during the BRICS meeting.

And Putin and G saying, we're taking away the petrodollar status of the US. Dollar. That foreign capital inflow ceases. It's the only way we've been able to amass $32 trillion worth of debt. And people still want our currency.

So now that that's going away, we're going to be forced to print money like there's no tomorrow to keep the lifestyle up. And so how do they slow down? That inflation. They raise interest rates, right? And so this is.

Where you're starting to see the yield on sovereign debt rise across the globe. Because Daddy's credit card has been cut off, the credit limits have been reached, and now the only thing that comes, how do you fix it? Right? So how do you fix a declining economy? It's not with stimulus money.

It's with people working, people spending. Right? Because debt based growth is not growth. That's an oxymoron. Growth only comes from people spending their own money.

So you need to have a bigger boat, right? So to stay afloat in this economy, you need to have a bigger boat where there's more people working, more people spending. That means more income tax revenues, more sales tax revenues, more property tax revenues. The government revenue streams will go up with a bigger boat. Without a bigger boat, the economy sinks.

The whole boat sinks. Right. So the policies that we're seeing right now, rising taxes, rising interest rates and wage reduction, which that TikTok video that you showed proved wage reduction is there. Don't believe what the Biden administration is telling you. When a house what was the average price of a house?

Back in the early 19 hundreds, you said it was like, I think I have it up right here. Yeah. So the average price yeah. So the average yearly income was 1300. The average house cost was 3900.

So three times the amount of average income. Whereas now the average house is eight times the average income. Yes. So people are running out of income. Wages, obviously, have been coming down not just this year, but for decades as inflationary pressures have persisted.

Now, you can hide that for a bit until you max out your credit line, right? Like what you explained, once you hit your credit line, it's all unmasked. And that's what we're seeing right now, which is why this rising yield and rising GDP is actually, to me, the sure sign of the death of the dollar as we know it. It's the slow death of the US economy. And I don't even think it's going to be that slow.

I think it's going to accelerate. And so here's where we now start to hit a dilemma. So throughout history, and I know that you're a student of history just like I am, I love it. I love historical stuff. So always following an economic collapse is social collapse.

It always follows it 100% of the time. So you look at what happened in France four months ago or so, when France you've got all these socialist people in France, in socialist country France, that paid excess taxes their whole life because it's a socialist country for them to take care of them during retirement. So what did France do? Macron said, hey, we kind of ran out of money. Sorry, everybody, we're going to raise your retirement age.

You can't actually retire for a few more years. People started to revolt. Blood in the streets, right? Riots, protests. I mean, nothing against old people.

I've got a gray beard, right? But 70, 80 year old people in the streets were being knocked down by cops because they were just protesting. It's like we're socialists living in a socialist country and paid higher taxes and we want our retirement. It's all that they were asking for and the government took it away because they ran out of money. Well, what comes next?

What comes next after they raise the retirement age is what happened in Cyprus and Greece way back in the day and what happened in Argentina and Venezuela. Then you have other austerity measures like reducing benefits while increasing the retirement age. Anything that the government can do to save money, right? So what happens is you saw the social chaos happen there. Washington DC.

This week I saw this article and I thought it was an article about the hurricane that just blew through Florida, right. All the shelves were and then I read it's like, wait, this has nothing to do with the hurricane. This is in DC. Basically, Giant Foods, which is like a grocery store, like or, you know, Piggly Wiggly or whatever, right? Large grocery store chain in the mid Atlantic.

They basically are taking all the brand name stuff off the shelves and replacing it with generic store brand stuff, hoping that not everybody's going to steal it because people are stealing the name brand stuff. So here's where in social decay, this is kind of the ugly reflection of humanity, right? Where something that's unethical and immoral, like stealing becomes a higher order than a morality thing. How do I explain it? If you're forced with feeding your family or not, even stealing becomes an ethical decision, right?

So it's this higher order of morality even though it's wrong, it's like, should I steal because I don't want my family to starve? Yeah, I think I'm going to do it because I don't want my family to starve. And people start justifying immoral, bad actions. Government officials are justifying stealing from us through all this increased inflationary pressures and printing money like there's no tomorrow to keep the thing afloat. Right.

Because they're not going to get voted back in if they don't. So what we're starting to see is the rise of social disarray. It starts with theft and burglaries and robberies in every big city around the country. You're seeing a rise in violent crime, muggings, lootings, death, right. Guns, stabs, I mean, everything.

It's starting to actually happen, which of course it's going to happen. It always follows economic chaos. Always 100% of the time. Doesn't matter how advanced or unadvanced the society is, it always follows it, right? So we're starting to go down that path and we're even now seeing it with politics, right?

So the social decay that we're seeing, look what Adam Schiff did last week. Actually earlier this week I saw the article has to do with J Six and Trump being arrested right? So he brought up section, Article 14, section three of the Constitution. It says anybody who's in part of an insurrection or aiding people or helping them, an insurrection can never hold public office, right? So this is going to go to the Supreme Court because now there's states that are saying we're not going to put Trump on the 2024 election on the ballots, right?

So imagine, just imagine this, the massive front runner on the GOP possibly not being able to run, right, because the states won't put them on the ballot. And so this is going to go to the Supreme Court. What if the Supreme Court says, yeah, Trump, you can't run? What's that going to do to social chaos in this country? It's going to be wild.

I'm not trying to be a prophet. I'm just saying I don't care if you're on the left or the right when your front runner says we can't run. And based on Adam Schiff's own words in that article that you have on the screen, he said the Constitution doesn't say you have to be convicted of the crime. It just says that you have to be part of it, right, to not hold public office. So it's like what, anybody anywhere can make up anything about anybody and what they're saying is the rule of law in America doesn't exist anymore and you are guilty until proven innocent, right?

And so that to me is evidence of social
decay and what's happening, and it all comes from economic collapse. What we're seeing right now is a function of biden's economy. And it was Bill Clinton that said it really, really well, it's the economy, stupid, right? People vote with their wallets, right? And if the economy stinks, this is why you're going to distract.

This is why when the BRICS meeting was happening and I was surfing through the channels looking for news on the internet anywhere, nobody was covering the most important economic news story of a century. Literally. It's the changing of the guard. It's the paradigm pendulum shifting moment of moving power from the west to the east and removing the US dollar's reserve currency status. That's what it was.

But what was everyone focused on? Trump's mug shot. It's like, well, I don't care about the mug shot. I don't care how he looked. I do care that the irrational reasoning of why he had to have a mug shot, right?

I mean, that's bogus garbage. Or they were concerned about counterfeit Taylor Swift tickets during her concert tour or all this other dumb know, just deflecting from the important to the meaningless and keeping people's eyes off of what's really truly important, right? So you add all of this up, we've got economic collapse, societal collapse, and we are going to be in a dark period for a bit. I mean, we just are, because you don't come through these things real quickly. But there is light at the end of the tunnel, right?

This is why I can have a smile on my face. Why you can? Because financially, there's solutions. We've been talking about it for a long time. Gold and silver doing very well.

We talked about how it maintains its purchasing power over time. That's another added element. We talked about how it gets you out of the Central Bank digital currency system. So you're no longer a digital slave in their digital world, where they can cut you off from buying or selling because it's a tangible asset that you take delivery of. Doesn't have title, there's no property taxes on it, right?

Like a house, which is a tangible asset. But you don't really own a house even when you own it. Just try not paying your property taxes and see what happens, right? They'll sell it in a tax lien auction, right? So gold and silver, there's no title to it.

It's like a bearer bond. If you have it, it's yours. Kind of a deal. And you could use it for barter in a worst case scenario. I know that you're very much a preparedness guy, right?

Because people need food storage, food. They should have silver, they should have their own garden. They should be able to self sustain in an economic crisis. I don't care if it's a hurricane blowing through town, tornado, economic collapse, you lose your job and you just can't afford to live for a bit, right? It would be really good if you were prepared for things like that coming up.

What I'm talking about is going to be more of a prolonged contraction of the economy. And people just need to decide now how to overcome and actually thrive during those time frames that I think that we're going to be in. But when you are, that will put a smile on your face. Because you're going to be able to not just survive, but thrive with the growth that we're seeing in metals. The ability to put food on the table for your families, right?

Because here's what comes after this chaos and collapse. And again, not trying to be a prophet, it's just human nature, right, is during times of cris, people will give up their freedoms. So you have this crisis that's so bad and people can't feed the families and they've resorted to stealing to feed their families. Right? I mean, that's what we're seeing already.

What's the carrot that the Central Bank digital currencies are going to use? I think it's going to be universal basic income, saying you take our CBD system and you'll have $1,000 a month in credits and debits and credits coming into your account every month, just take it. It's like, don't take it. It's your ultimate loss of freedom and privacy ever. But they're going to make it really difficult for you to want to say no.

Right? But if you have something where you can afford to say no because you're prepared, then it doesn't matter. And that's how you can have a smile on your face, even though our freedoms are eroding all around us. Well, one interesting point is that say you're in a bind. The thing with, say, silver, for instance, say you've got 30oz of silver and you need some quick money.

It's something that even locally, you can go find there's coin shops, there's different kinds of gold buyers. So even if you have to in a pinch, it's like it becomes that last resort where you pull out a few coins, you go some maybe you might lose a few percentage points in that sale, but it's liquid, it converts. You'll find any number of those people that they say, hey, do you buy generic rounds? They'll say, yeah, it's like, what are you paying? We pay Spot, or whatever it is.

And it's like, oh, okay. So it's not like it's some asset, like, say you're investing in a painting or a stock or something where if you want to pull your money out of that, it's a complicated process. So just a thing to kind of put out there. And what I suspect is that as things get worse and worse, you're going to have people that start opening up more businesses that are actually buying precious metals and converting them and trading them and authenticating. That was my old business, is I've had people come in, they'd be like, hey, I need money.

My dad left me here's 400oz of silver. So I'd look at it, I'd test it, and I'd say, okay, well, here's a check or here's cash. Right? So it's interesting how it's just interesting looking at that video about life in 1930 and life now, because like I said, I'd always heard the suit analogy. Like you could buy a whole suit for a single gold coin.

How it's the same. It's just interesting to look at trace these currencies and the role of different currencies in bartering and trading over the course of history. Yeah, it is what people do. Where there's a will, there's a way, right? And if you can't survive and feed your family.

Basically, mom and pops merchants don't want the currency anymore for whole host of ideological reasons, financial reasons, whatever. You better have something that you can barter with and trade with to feed your family until things transition out of that phase and we get back to a sense of normalcy again. Normalcy always comes, right? But it might be a while. It might be a while.

And this is why we're protecting and preserving and thriving right now with silver. And it reminds me of there's a story that I heard is either Argentina or Venezuela, that after the collapse and after the currency had collapsed, people were lining up with wheelbarrows full of cash to buy a like, that's how bad the hyperinflation was. Yet a single ounce of silver would feed a family for about a month. So to me, that's the contrast of what happened. So, anyway, kirk, I know we're kind of past time for you, but just quickly, before you send off folks, if you want to get a hold of kirk or his company, give them a call.

720-605-3900 to speak to an advisor there. Or go to goldwithseth.com, fill out the form below, and one of his advisors will contact you. And that information is in the description as well. So, Kirk, as usual, thank you so much for coming on the show. I always enjoy these conversations.

I can't wait till I have the studio set up for the in person, because I'd love to have you come and spend 3 hours or more just sitting and talking. So thank you for coming on. Yep, I can't wait. That'd be awesome. Well, we'll talk to you soon.

All right. Thank you, Kirk.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Macron le Stooge

Macron le Stooge

Macron le Stooge

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the political and emotional climate surrounding the U.S. midterm elections, emphasizing the contention built into the system. The author mentions the emotional swings people will experience and highlights a specific date, the Nov. 13th 2022, where data suggests heightened emotional tension. The document also touches on the topic of climate change, debunking the idea that humans are causing significant climate change. The author argues that humans only convert energy, not produce it, and the sun's energy output far exceeds human energy conversion. The document criticizes Macron, referring to him as "Les Stooge" for the World Economic Forum, for pushing the climate change narrative.

#ClifHigh #US #Midterms #Elections #EmotionalTension #ClimateChange #Debunk #Energy #Sun #Macron #WorldEconomicForum #Agenda #Contention #Politics #Emotions #Data #Prediction #Conversion #Production #Criticism #Narrative #Environment #Debate #Science #EnergyOutput #Humans #Nature #PoliticalDrama #Tension #WEF #Economic #Policy #ClimateCrisis #ElectionDrama #Pollution #EnergyTransformation

Key Takeaways:
  • The U.S. midterm elections are marked by contention built into the system.
  • There's a prediction of heightened emotional tension around the 13th, November 2022
  • Humans only convert energy; they don't produce it.
  • The sun's energy output on Earth far exceeds human energy conversion.
  • Macron is criticized for pushing the climate change narrative on behalf of the World Economic Forum.
  • The document suggests that the climate change narrative is being used as a political tool.
Predictions:
  • Heightened emotional tension is expected around the 13th, November 2022
  • The sun's energy output on Earth will always surpass human energy conversion.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Macron le Stooge

Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

Hello, humans. Okay, so we've got today's the election. There's all of the drama, the histrionics and all of that. It this is a midterms in the US.

We got a pretty good system, really. I'd like it if we had more know, like six or eight of them just so that we don't get a uni party kind of a situation. But other than that, it works because we have contention built in. And so we're at one of those points of contention. We're going to have serious contention this time, not just political drama between two people that work for the same WETH, right?

And so we're going to have real contention. We're going to take it to the mat. Some things are going to get settled.

We're at the 8th and just say that this represents the emotional swings that everybody's going to be going up through today, right? Going to have rising tension, and we're going to have release tension down to this level.

My interest is more focused on the 13th, where my data processing said we would be looking at something like that in terms of our potential range, so significantly, almost twice as high as the so, however much emotional release. Or building tension you feel today. It's going to be according to my process, it's going to be much elevated on the 13th, and then that's going to go forward through time nearly to that level for five or six weeks before we see a significant drop.

Now, we need to note that that five or six weeks is very tentative because the nature of the language is such that, okay, so the projection would be for there's a month, and there's another month. So there's our two month period, there would be six weeks. The data sets actually start getting fuzzy in this range, okay. Because of the process, because of the censorship and so on, it projects out. But I don't really put a lot of faith much beyond, say, 28, 29 days because there's a tendency for accuracy to fall off fairly rapidly due mostly to censorship and so on.

So anyway, though, but for the next six weeks, it's projecting that from that point on, we would have very high emotional values, right? Very high building tension and very deep release values.

There's not any level of certainty to be able to pin to, say, a cause, right? Because our language is just so polluted by the war that we're in. So I don't trust individual clusters of sets to be accurate in defining the release values or the building tension values. Building tension values, it's a little bit more solid, but release values could be anything. So as an example, you could have everybody think that on the 13th, we're on the brink of war and they're going to start shooting nukes at everybody any minute now.

And it goes all the way up there and then it releases very rapidly because all of a sudden we get the word the French central bank collapsed. Right? Something like that. So they're not necessarily in any way pegged to each other. And the nuclear war thing may just sort of burbl along and never resolve itself emotionally because it was hyped, it was shit and so on.

So I don't put too much faith in the outcome of these things relative to the linguistics, the way that I did when the Net was free and we didn't have all this censorship and crap. Okay, so chaga t, all right, so this would be my particular interest in what's going on relative to the election and so on. Doesn't mean it's going to be resolved by the 13th, doesn't mean there's going to be a civil war on the 13th. None of that. All it means is that there's going to be a higher level of building and emotional tension values on the 13th.

The range will be much larger than we have at this moment, but because we're all going through it at this moment, we can assess how we're feeling and say, well, fuck, okay, I know how I'm feeling right now. I better get ready for whatever the hell that is, right? Could be a giant storm, right? Who knows? I mean, like physical storm.

Anyway, so that's my interest at the moment is not today, it's not the results, it's not the machines crapping out or any of that. But hey, there's an interesting thing on the machines, okay? So if you go into some of these polling places, and it's not in all of them here in communist Washington state, we have mail in voting, we do have the ability to go and track your vote online to see if it was accepted and so on. You don't know that they actually read it accurately, but you do know that they're committed to saying that they received your vote as opposed to simply voting it for you when they don't receive it, right? So that's what they're waiting for, is to see who sends in votes and who doesn't.

Those people that don't send in votes, they go ahead and vote for them the way they want anyway, though. So here's something of interest. The Dominion machines are broadcasting out on a WiFi, and that WiFi is polypad, I think. Pad, polypad, polypad WiFi, WiFi all in caps. And they're saying that the Dominion people are saying the election people are saying that, oh, well, this WiFi connection from polypad is no big deal because it's just one Dominion machine to another Dominion machine in our little whatever our state is, right in sort of this little round robin kind of a communication system.

That's what they're claiming it is. The fact that it can be seen by anybody with a phone means it can be hacked by anybody with the tools. And I actually took all of my WiFi scanning tools and that kind of stuff and took them upstairs. So I don't even have one here to demonstrate. But you go to Hack Five, okay?

You can see how easy it is. Hack Five, that's a place where you can get these little Pineapple, their theme is Pineapple, but you get these little Pineapple devices that you can attach to any USB receiving device. So you can put one on your phone, put, install the appropriate app and read and hack into WiFi. Standing there with your phone, I'm an old school guy, so I would actually put it in on something like a Raspberry Pi with either a little tiny virtual keyboard or a little tiny physical keyboard, because I would then have the option of putting in more storage. So once I'd found it, then I could just start scanning it with my tools and recording it off in real time and archive it, and then I can go back and analyze it later.

I hear people are doing that. Okay, so the places on the deep Web where they discuss these kind of things, I have a tendency to go and discuss these kind of things. And so I'm hearing on these deep Web sites and that's really the Tor network, it's just a different instead of HTML or some XML or any of the other variants, http, any of these other variants for the protocol, it just comes down to some other name on a file. It's just a file on a PC. Anyway though, so I'm hearing on the Deep Web that some people are doing this that just on their own, whether the military is doing it or any of that kind of shit, some people are just going around to these polling stations and standing near enough to scan them and record this shit because they're active.

So you can actually see the traffic on the WiFi channels with these devices. They get very sophisticated.

That will be interesting to see what comes out from the hacker community about all of this stuff here, about the actual communication traffic between the Dominion machines. What the fuck are they saying to each other, right?

So be able to track it. And the way that they're doing it, at least the one guy, the device, he's using it, it's spooling off in real time and it's creating its own continuous read timestamp as it seals up the files. He's doing it onto a PC, not onto a phone. But I bet you there's a lot of people that are doing that. So, I mean, if I were close enough to a polling station and I didn't have any other responsibilities, I would go and do that too, just because it's cool and I've got these devices and I never really get a chance to use them much.

I used to use them for work, but I don't anymore anyway. And they're fun. It's fun to see what these people are saying to each other when they think that it's not being monitored. Anyway, so there's that. We should see some of that stuff coming out.

Maybe it'll be a ton of this crud coming out on the twelveTH or the 13th now. Okay, so now on the twelveTH I'll get the link and put it into the video. There's going to be a seminar on the neurosphere, right, which is the companion concept to the biosphere, which is actually the reason that I'm doing this video quickly because I don't want to spend all day here. I've got a lot more work. Okay?

So on the twelveTH there's going to be a seminar and the panel should be fascinating because they're going to be talking about the neurosphere in terms of economics and all you kids should really pay attention to this because it can give you such an economic edge to be able to analyze the economy and the activity of the social order. You're in from an energy level and it cuts through all the bullshit. So you can have politicians saying blah blah blah blah blah. But you start analyzing where we're putting the energy and all of this kind of stuff at a corporate level and you can get there ahead of it, of the crowds, right? Because you'll be able to say that, oh look, they're selling off the strategic petroleum reserve and they're saying no more drilling or whatever the hell.

Right? But concurrently I see corporations are spending XYZ dollars and putting them into this other aspect of energy generation that's 100% petroleum based and won't take effect for a couple of years. But I can buy in on that. So it's kind of like being able in 1934 to understand that it would be two years before there would be any sign of life in the gold mining stocks, right? But it was the time to buy was 34.

So it's those kind of things and the Neurosphere actually really in terms of a concept while it allows you to go ahead and as an individual allocate any excess calories in the form of excess money to get that money to work for you to be smart about it. The neosphere is much more important than that. Much more important, totally. The reason it's much more important is because all of this stuff blows away the climate crisis and it blows away right at the moment. Macron, okay, macron is stooge numero uno.

Right? I know that's not French, but macron is les stooge. He's les stooge because the WEF has chosen him to go after everybody and to be the harsh taskmaster on climate change right now. Understand? We're going to go into it in a second.

There is no climate crisis. You're being sold a pack of shit. They're going to keep selling it as hard as they can because it is the ultimate in lockdown psychology. It's a psychological war at a huge level. There is no climate change being caused by humans and you can actually prove this mathematically which we'll do in a second.

It's not that difficult. So Macron is coming on out and saying that the US, Australia, basically all the other five eyes countries, we have to pay our fair share for climate change, which Macron can go and sit on in a spin. There is no climate change. And what they want to do is they want to bankrupt the west with this new excuse as opposed to the political. So they're shifting political correctness through the application of weaponized empathy to an individual of another race, another gender, of somebody thinking they're another gender or thinking they're some kind of a fuzzy elephant or something.

That kind of weaponized empathy being focused on individuals, categories of individuals. They've now tried to focus it on Mama Earth, right? Gaia. You got to protect Gaia. And so you got to go and put your life at risk and do all this other shit, okay?

Just to get everybody's attention that they should stop oil. Now, I saw this video of this totally deluded young woman, I mean, absolutely totally deluded, spewing shit out of her mouth that she had no concept of the science, that she was disputing. But anyway, so they are diluted. They're going to be a pain. All of these little climate activist fellows, the Extinction rebellion kind know, rioty people, glue yourself to a road.

They're going to be a problem going forward because they've been weaponized by the WEF. I actually think we'll have to probably put in reeducation camps to educate these people as to what the fuck is going on because we're actually going into an ice age. And it could be very apparent this year that things are not right in terms of climate and it ain't global warming. And so especially one or two volcanoes and you blow the whole carbon emissions control thing of a country for a year, right? So the whole country starves themselves, doesn't get any oil, doesn't grow shit because they don't have fertilizer, people are dying and all of that just to save a few carbon emissions and then boom, volcano goes off in their country and they're fucked.

That whole year's worth of effort is shot. That's how goofy this thing is. Okay, so Macron is listooge for the Wefuckers, right? World Economic Forum, Khazarian mafia nut jobs. And they're saying that it's up to humans to stop climate change.

Now, there is no changing of the climate. Climate is a word that describes change. So we have weather that changes from day to day to day to day. Now, if they were to say, oh, you've got to stop weather change, well, it's like, no, everybody would understand that you can't stop it from raining, you can't stop the tide from coming, so I can't stop it from being cloud free tomorrow, that kind of thing, right? So they say climate because most people don't think about climate, it's too long duration.

So the thing is that they're weaponizing your empathy, and they're controlling the thing that it's fixed on, which is the climate. They're saying the science is settled in all of this, which is horseshit. Absolutely horseshit. Just like the science of COVID is settled, right? The minute you settle science and say, there's no dispute allowed, you can't talk about this, you can't question it, and that kind of shit.

The minute you do that, you don't have science. You have a political policy being an agenda being implemented. So here's the thing about the WEF and all their claims. You'll find this goes all the way back to the 1% claim, okay? And so they are saying that humans are causing climate change because we're adding 1% to the total overall energy envelope of Earth, and we're heating this up, okay?

This comes from the 1950s. I haven't found the first reference of it, but I found some of them going back to 1956. And this is humans causing 1% change by pollution. Now, I agree, we got lots and lots of pollution, but even pollution is not what they're telling you, okay? So here's some of the refutations, the way you can refute these climate fuckers.

We do not produce 1%. We don't produce any fucking energy at all. Humans don't produce any energy on this planet, nor do we ever, ever add carbon to this planet. We don't create carbon. We ain't out there creating coal.

We're not out there creating trees. We're not out there creating diamonds. We don't create carbon in any form. We create no energy. The only thing humans do is the transformation of energy from one form to another.

We transform energy that's already here from one form to another. We don't add anything. We don't add even 1% of the energy on this planet, okay? This is how sad it is.

The actual numbers, okay? So we have pollution in our transformation processes, and we can cure our pollution problems independent of the mother. Weifers the pollution is not causing any crisis in climate or any of that sort of shit, right? Burning coal in London may have killed a bunch of Londoners because the fog would keep the smoke down there and everybody would asphyxiate, but it didn't change the London climate from the 18 hundreds to now didn't alter it one bit. So there is no climate change that's being caused by humans.

Macron is Les Stooge, and he's out there to put a quasi friendly face up until they rip his face off on the climate hoax. It's every bit a hoax, as was COVID. And here's the actual numbers. So there's 24 hours in a day. In one day, there's 365.24.

But we're not going to care about that days in a year, okay? So now on Earth, the sun sends to Earth, every fucking hour, it sends 430 kilojoules.

Kilojoules, kilojoules, kilojoules of energy, okay? Every hour it puts that much on humans. Humans use 410 kilojoules, right?

410. So we don't even use 430. We use 410 kilojoules and we convert we don't create these kilojoules. All we do is convert it from the solar energy hitting the planet and causing the carbon through the plants, through photosynthesis and so on. So if you want to blame somebody for carbon, blame the sun, but we take all of that energy and we convert it, okay?

We don't create it. We burn the wood to make the fire. We didn't create the fire and then have wood on it and stuff, right? The wood contributes. So we're converting photosynthesis energy to thermal heat by the way, of burning the wood or burning the coal, et cetera, et cetera.

So all we are are conversion critters, okay? So you may blame the beaver for a flood in your local field, but you don't blame the beaver for climate change by chewing down that tree anyway. But here's a kicker. We convert these 410 kilojoules in a year, not an hour. The sun outdoes us in an hour for our whole effort as a humanity over a year, okay?

And look, there are 8760 hours in a year.

So humans convert less than one 8760th part of the energy that the sun puts out on this planet. So the WEF and macron, they can go suck a log. This is just bullshit. Absolute, total fucking horseshit. They say we produce 1%.

No fucking way. It's not one over 100. We don't convert that 1% of Earth's energy into another form for our own purposes. We convert less than one 8760th part of that energy for our own purposes. So I have no problem at all with the idea that anybody that glues themselves on a road ought to be taken into place and maybe put into a re education camp, right?

Because they've caused public damage. They're inconsiderate, stupid and deluded and they need to be re educated out of that delusion. They need to understand the real relationship of humans to planet Earth. They need a big education in the biosphere. These people, by the way, are probably way too fucking stupid to ever understand the so, just wanted to give you something.

Just wanted to rant. I just wanted to get this out. Macron just really pissed me off, so I got to think about some nastiness to send his way. But just wanted to let you know about this and it's going to get worse. They're going to push on this because that's their last and biggest lockdown short of the space alien invasion and it's too early for them to start thinking about bringing that out now.

Also, I'll put a link in when I get a chance to the seminar on the new sphere that's going to be online. Online seminar. I haven't examined the cost or availability or any of that kind of stuff for the twelveTH, so it'll be available on Saturday if you want to go and watch it. The panel ought to be really interesting because it's going to be getting in, as I say to the economics of the newosphere, and the way we analyze this is with energy. So you look at an energy calc.

One part of 8760 parts ain't 1%, right? Humans are so lame at transporting and transposing energy from one type to another, we don't even rise to this 1% level. We got a long fucking way to go. But you can use these kind of mathematics in this sensible, rational science to at least chip away at the delusions that these climate riot people are spewing out. Other than that, we got a problem with them.

Because they are true believers and they're weaponized. And it's too late. Once the weft dies, they'll still be out there thinking that the bullshit that they think is true is true, which it ain't. So anyway, guys, go and enjoy the rest of the drama as we move through election season into the chaos of the Big Ugly. All right, stay woo, guys.

We'll talk to you later. That.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dean Radin MS PhD explains unconscious emotional precognition of negative events via Twitter hedonistics

Dean Radin MS PhD explains unconscious emotional precognition of negative events via Twitter hedonistics

DEAN RADIN MS PHD EXPLAINS UNCONSCIOUS EMOTIONAL PRECOGNITION OF NEGATIVE EVENTS VIA TWITTER HEDONISTICS

Episode Summary:

Dr. Dean Radin, Chief Scientist at IONS, presents a radical speculation: collective sentiment might unconsciously sense and reflect future events. This hypothesis is grounded in the concept of precognition and presentiment, where individuals have a conscious or unconscious awareness of future happenings. Various experiments and meta-analyses support the existence of these phenomena, showing that people can have glimpses of future events under controlled conditions. Dr. Radin explores the potential of Twitter sentiment analysis as a tool for forecasting unpredictable future events. Twitter sentiment analysis has become a popular method for measuring collective emotions, used in various contexts, including advertising and market research. Dr. Radin collaborates with Peak Metrics on a project that analyzes words from diverse sources, including news, television, radio, and blogs, to understand and measure public sentiment. The analysis focuses on the emotional tone of the words, categorizing them as negative, neutral, or positive. Dr. Radin's speculation is based on the observation that collective sentiment might be influenced by upcoming events that are not consciously predictable, affecting people's moods and the language they use on social media platforms like Twitter. The document discusses the process of analyzing Twitter sentiment data, with a focus on predicting negative events. The analysis involves selecting tweets that reflect either very happy or very sad days, then creating an ensemble average of the sentiment around these days. The slope of the sentiment in the days leading up to the selected events is then analyzed to determine whether it can predict the occurrence of these events. The document suggests that there is a significant negative slope in collective sentiment approximately two weeks before unpredictable negative events occur. This observation implies that collective sentiment might be unconsciously sensing upcoming negative events. The analysis also considers the possibility of predicting not only when but also where and what kind of events might happen in the future. This prediction process is more complex, as it involves tagging each tweet with its geolocation data and analyzing the sentiment in different locations. Dr. Radin is currently working with a programmer to develop a method for pulling data directly from Twitter, along with geolocation information. The goal is to create a system that can predict when, where, and what kind of events might occur in the future based on Twitter sentiment analysis. The document concludes by highlighting the potential implications of this research. If successful, it could provide actionable insights into future events, allowing for better preparation and response to negative occurrences. The ability to predict the timing, location, and nature of future events based on collective sentiment analysis could have significant applications in various fields, including public safety, market research, and advertising.

#TwitterSentiment #Precognition #Presentiment #FutureEvents #DrDeanRadin #IONS #SentimentAnalysis #NegativeSlope #Prediction #UnconsciousAwareness #UpcomingEvents #MetaAnalysis #Experiments #PublicSafety #MarketResearch #Advertising #Geolocation #TextAnalysis #NegativeEvents #PositiveSentiment #CollectiveSentiment #EmotionalTone #SocialMedia #Forecasting #UnpredictableEvents #HappinessScore #SadnessScore #DataAnalysis #EnsembleAverage #SentimentSlope #EventPrediction #LocationPrediction #EventType #ActionableInsights #Preparation #Response

Key Takeaways:
  • Dr. Dean Radin from IONS presents a theory that collective sentiment on Twitter may unconsciously sense and reflect upcoming events.
  • The speculation is grounded in the concepts of precognition and presentiment, suggesting individuals might have unconscious awareness of future events.
  • Various experiments and meta-analyses support the existence of precognition and presentiment.
  • Twitter sentiment analysis is explored as a tool for forecasting unpredictable future events, with a focus on negative events.
  • The analysis involves measuring the slope of collective sentiment approximately two weeks before selected events.
  • There is a significant negative slope in collective sentiment before unpredictable negative events, suggesting a possible unconscious sensing of these events.
  • The document also explores the potential of predicting not only when but also where and what kind of events might happen, using geolocation data and refined text analysis from Twitter.
  • If successful, this approach could provide actionable insights for better preparation and response to future events, with applications in various fields.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

DEAN RADIN MS PHD EXPLAINS UNCONSCIOUS EMOTIONAL PRECOGNITION OF NEGATIVE EVENTS VIA TWITTER HEDONISTICS

So what's my radical speculation? It's that collective sentiment unconsciously feels the future.
And so while people may not be literally trying to predict anything, their mood might be affected by
something that is about to unfold in the future that is not predictable. And their mood would be
reflected then by the words that they use in describing anything that happens to be going on in their
lives.
- Dr. Dean Raiden MD. PhD. - Chief Scientist of IONS
And welcome to Connections Live, which is our free weekly webinar series which is designed to help
you deepen your sense of interconnection, to inform and inspire. I'm just incredibly delighted to
introduce Dr. Dean Raiden. I'm sure, sure that many of you are familiar with Dean's work or have read
a book or seen one of his presentations before. But for those of you who are not familiar with Dean, or
maybe this is your first event here with us at Ions, I'd love to just read out a short bio.
So dean is Archie scientist here at Institute of Knowledge Sciences and associated Distinguished
Professor at the California Institute of Integral Studies. Before joining the research staff at Ions in 2001,
he held appointments at at Amp, T, Bell Labs, princeton University, university of Edinburgh, and Sri
International. Dr. Raydon is co author of hundreds of technical articles, more than 125 peerreviewed
journal articles, four dozen book chapters, and four bestselling popular books, including The Conscious
Universe, Entangled, Mind, Super Normal, and his most recent book, Real Magic. And he has given
over 600 invited presentations and interviews for government, military, business, scientific and other
groups all the way around the world.
And I'm guessing this number is much more than 600 because it's been on the bio for a while. So,
Dean, so appreciate you being here with us today and actually sharing some new research that you are
up to around how we can sense into the collective field of consciousness and maybe see something
about recognition. So from there, I will let you take it away and everyone can be thinking about your
questions for Dean as well. And at any point put them in the Q and A box, we'll circle back to them. So,
Dean, welcome.
It's great to have you here. Thank you. Thank you, Andrea. Okay, here we go.
So this is about Twitter sentiment and pre-sentiment.
So to forecast where we're going, since we're talking about precognition, the question is, can we use
tweets to forecast future events that are unpredictable? What is sentiment analysis? It's analysis of
words or text to measure negative, neutral and positive emotions. We can do that using tweets. We have
a happy bird and sad bird.
Twitter sentiment analysis is extremely popular now. It is being used for advertising agencies that want
to know whether a promotion that they're doing is reaching people and how people respond to it, but
many, many other contexts as well. We're working on another project with a company called Peak
Metrics, and Twitter is one of the sources of the words that they're using, but lots and lots of other
sources, everything from the news to television, radio, blogs and so on. So any place that produces
something that is either in words or it can be turned into words through a transcript can be used as a
reflection of what people are thinking about. But more importantly, the sentiment measure is really
looking at what emotions are about happy and sad emotions.
Why do I think that Tweets might be able to forecast the future? Well, because we know that
precognition exists from an empirical perspective. In precognition, the word cognition is implying that
it's about preknowing. It's about having conscious awareness of a future event. Well, how do we know
that?
Well, there's a bunch of experiments. There are forced choice experiments, there are implicit
precognition experiments, there's precognition and dreams. There are lots of different kinds of evidence
showing that under controlled conditions, people can get a glimpse, usually a tiny glimpse, but a
glimpse about future events. But someone could then say, well, but Twitter users aren't trying to predict
the future, which is true, but we also know that presentiment exists pre sentiment, meaning prefeeling,
which is an unconscious effect.
How do we know that? Because of lots of experiments using physiological methods to look at what's
happening in the unconscious. And the metaanalyses are very clear on these studies. Lots of meta
analyses have already been done showing that part of our unconscious is reflected in our physiology
does feel the future, and generally it feels negative futures, more than positive or neutral futures. So
there's there's something there in each of us.
Well, the world is a strange place, and nothing but radical speculation gives us the hope of coming up
with any candidates for the truth. This was said by Thomas Nagal. The philosopher has written a lot
about the philosophy and biological studies and living systems. So what's my radical speculation? It's
that collective sentiment unconsciously feels the future.
And so while people may not be literally trying to predict anything, their mood might be affected by
something that is about to unfold in the future that is not predictable. And their mood would be
reflected then by the words that they use in describing anything that happens to be going on in their
lives. This is a work in progress. I'm still in the midst of looking at this and in early stages. So this is
not published yet.
This is work I'm actively working on now. So the source of the Twitter sentiment data comes from the
University of Vermont. Within their complex systems center, they have a project called Computational
Story Lab. And so one aspect of this project has a site you can look at, which is
Hedonometer. Hedonometer.org, of course, hedonism is all about the pursuit of happiness.
So he denominator is a coined term for measuring happiness, and that's what this site does. If you go to
this site, you'll see a page that looks something like this is showing the average happiness each day
based on Tweets, in this case in English, but they have ten different languages. So what the graph is
showing is the measure of happiness from one day to the next. They've annotated some of the dates.
They also color code the day of the week, and among other things, you can see here that some days will
generally be higher than others.
So the weekends tend to be happier than Monday and Tuesday, for example. And you can see here, like
Mondays tend to be these purple dots here, which are usually a little bit lower, and the red ones are
Saturday, which tend to be higher. So there's a lot of predictable effects that happen in these tweets.
What is not predictable is when something negative happens. So in the bottom here is the volume of the
tweets.
So at this point, the volume is somewhere in the vicinity of 200 million tweets per day, just in English.
And if you look worldwide, it's a lot more than that. So there's a lot of data available.
So these are the ten languages that they have. They have a bunch of other projects too, but I'm focusing
mainly on the Twitter languages. That sentiment has been analyzed already in ten different languages.
So those are the languages, this is how they analyze the sentiment. So you have a number from one to
ten, which is degree of happiness.
So these all happen to be English words that are happy, and they all get pretty high happiness scores,
but they have 100 different words. And so people have gone through these and then they take the
average of what people think is how happy or sad is this particular word. So they already have that built
in. That's how they figure out based on the language and the tweets, is this collectively, is this a happy
day or a sad day? It's a little bit more complicated than that, but they go through in pretty good detail
on this website, in their papers and their descriptions on how they come up with the sentiment metric.
So here's from 2009, which is when it began to today, you can see that there's some very happy days or
some unpredictable negative days. The positive sentiment days are almost always planned events. So
Mother's Day and New Year's Eve and Valentine's Day and Christmas are these giant spikes over and
over again. The negative sentiment are almost always unexpected events. Things like earthquakes,
terrorist bombing, death of a celebrity, a mass shooting invasion of Ukraine by Russia, which was like
people didn't know they were actually do that invasion until it happened.
So the positive sentiment, planned events. It would not be surprising at all if there was some forecast to
it, because people are anticipating that something pleasant is going to happen. But you would not
expect that there should be a trend before these negative events. And there's again, the number of daily
tweets. So Twitter started out small.
It is now big and uncertain. Events like these were protests against police brutality. You get a huge
spike in the number of people who are doing tweets. So here's the original English tweet over almost 50
days. And so I create a moving mean to smooth it out, 30 day moving mean.
And you subtract the two and you end up with a pretty nicely behaved sequence here, which you can
also then normalize and put it into z space and you can pull out the most happy days and the most sad
days using a threshold. So that's how we pull out our positive and negative events that we're going to
try to predict. Also, when something negative happens and also when things positive happen, there
tends to be a delay. Some people will continue to talk about these events. So I don't select any days that
are within three days of each other for these selected events just to get around this idea that something
bad will happen and there's a lot of tweets about it, but by around four days later it goes back to normal
again.
So here's an example using Portuguese tweets because it's a pretty clear example. So what we do here is
this is the day where it's selected as being particularly happy and this is the day is particularly sad. We
take those days and then 14 days on either side of that and we create an ensemble average. So this is the
average happiness around for two weeks on either side for very happy days and very sad days. The
question then is when we do a slope from 14 days up to twelve days before, does that actually begin to
predict the sad event?
And the reason why we don't go one day before is because of time zones and when the day switches.
So you want to be sure that people are not already that some people in some time zones don't already
know the negative event. So we go two days before and that prevents the data from being
contaminated. As you can see here already that just before the sad day, there's already a drop
happening. So that means some people in some time zones are already in that second day.
So again, we're looking at 14 days around selected tweets. Those are the happy events, those are the sad
events. And the question then is are these slopes significant? So again, the positive slope would not be
surprising because people know that the positive thing is going to happen.
This peak here, which you see in some languages, not all languages are typically that one week. This is
seven days before the positive event. People are anticipating christmas is happening next week and
Valentine's Day is coming up and so on. So that's why you would see this peak for sad days. There
would not be a peak because people don't have any reason to have a peak because they don't know that
the event is coming up.
So how do we figure out whether that slope is significant? Well, you can calculate the slope for this.
Usually they can be quite significant, but that’s because there is a dependency among each of these
dots. So you need to take a slightly more sophisticated statistical approach in order to see whether that
slope is actually significant or not. So we use a permutation method.
And the way it works is, first of all, we select the most happy and the most sad days. We create a slope,
find a probability of that slope for each one of these days and focusing mostly on the sad days. And
then you take all of the original Tweet data and you circular shift it by a random amount. And what this
is doing that is saying we’ll keep all of the original dependencies in the data, but we’re just going to
shift it so that as though the Tweets occurred on different days, we calculate again 14 days plus or
minus the original day, calculating the new slope, got a new random score or a Zscore. Repeat this a
thousand times and then the final statistics based on the Zscore is our original minus the mean divided
by standard deviation.
So this is a pretty standard way of figuring out whether an effect in time series data that has
dependencies in the data is the way of handling those dependencies in a nonparametric way. So the
zscores we end up with are valid. So for English Tweets, the slope associated with this line that looks
almost completely flat and the Zscore is negative, but it’s not significant. For French you can see more
clearly it’s a negative slope. And even after the permutation test, it is still a significantly negative slope
up to two days before the negative events.
Spanish is also significantly negative, ukrainian is negative, not quite significant, korean is somewhat
positive, german is significant, negative, arabic is negative, not quite significant, russian is negative,
indonesian is significantly negative and Portuguese is significantly negative. So when you add all of it
together, you have the Zscore for the sad events. This is two weeks before the unpredictable negative
event, highly significant negative slopes. This is suggesting that about two weeks before people are
feeling something. You can do the same thing for happy events.
Again, as you would expect this to be positive and in fact it is probabilistically it's certain. So two
weeks before an unpredictable negative event, collective sentiment looks like it is feeling the future.
Well, how far in advance can we predict this? So you can do these predictions where you're starting
with say, just five days in advance and always leaving two days. So you go out two days and then look
for a slope of five days long.
So I did that for five days up to 30 days. It just so happens that 14 days is the optimum. That’s where
you get the largest effect. So that’s interesting. I’ve done a bunch of other analyses too, but they’re not
quite as far along as what I’ve done so far.
So I’m not going to talk too much about all of that. So the implications here are that it looks like
presentiment on an individual basis scales up and is reflected in daily collective sentiment of millions
of people that’s one way of thinking about it. I think that is what’s going on. And so retrospectively,
which is the analysis that I’ve done so far, we have all the data, we’re going back and looking at it
retrospectively, the sentiment seems to anticipate when something sad is going to happen. And of
course, again, to emphasize here that these are events that cannot be predicted or inferred.
We know that bad things are going to happen, but we don’t know when they’re going to happen. So
there’s no reason for Twitter to reflect that unless people are feeling that something sad is going to
happen in the future. The more important question is, can we predict when something sad is going to
happen? In other words, not retrospectively, but prospectively. So retrospectively is interesting from a
scientific perspective.
Prospectively becomes pragmatically useful, and that’s where I’m moving. Then in this kind of
analysis, the prediction would allow us to say that as new data comes in every day from Twitter, if we
can keep track of the direction of the slope, of the sentiment values, that when the slope reaches a
certain degree of negativity, we can then predict that two weeks later something bad is going to happen.
Or maybe less than two weeks, but at least before it happens. The second thing is, can we predict where
the event is going to happen? It is interesting and maybe pragmatically useful when something is going
to occur, but for anybody to actually do anything about it, they also need to know where.
And so fortunately, Twitter data also has geolocation data. We know where the person was when they
sent their tweet. It’s a much more complicated analytical problem because now we need to tag each
tweet with its location. And so when you create a sentiment data, you’re going to have sentiment that’s
different scattered all over the place. So it’s a much more complicated problem.
I’m now in the process of working with a programmer to see if we can create a method where we’re not
using the data from the Heedometer.org site. We’re pulling the data directly from Twitter along with the
geolocation data, and then figure out if we can predict both when and where, and even better, would be
able to predict what? So what would require a more refined form of text analysis, because now it’s not
simply emotion, but it’s to see whether or not certain kinds of events have different kind of words that
are associated with it. So a couple of years ago there was this mass shooting in Las Vegas where a lot of
people were shot. And at the time, that was the most negative event on Twitter’s history.
And what I was interested in, that it was looking at a week’s worth of Twitter before that event and a
week afterwards, that the nature of the words begin to change. Not the sentiment so much, but the kinds
of words that people were talking about. And there saw indications that the words had begun to change
in the direction of something like shooting. Well, again, if we can figure out when, where, and what,
then we have something which is actionable, and that makes it much more interesting. So that’s what
I’ll be moving towards.
So you might remember that the Philip K. Dick story, Minority Report, which was made into this
movie, it was all predicated on this idea. We can predict what, when, and where, and intervene and
maybe stop a negative event from unfolding. Of course, that could create a paradox. And I think the
way they got around this paradox in The Minority Report is that they could stop a major event, but only
just before it happened.
In other words, just that somebody was planning to do something that wasn’t quite enough in the
movie. That’s how they made the story. But I think in the real world, we might be able to intervene, but
not stop it to the extent where it wouldn’t have shown up in the first place, because that would be a
paradox. This is all about the grandfather paradox and time travel. So we’re talking about creating a
department of preprime for real.
Well, ten years ago actually, it was twelve years ago already, the DARPA, the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency in the US. Had a program called Anomaly Detection at Multiple Scales, and
this was all about using social media data and sentiment values to see if they could predict, if anybody
could predict. This was a call for proposals for people doing this kind of analysis. And there was $30
million that applied to that, and people did things, and nothing came of it, or something did come of it
come up, and they classified it. So we don’t know what happened, but it seems to have disappeared.
It’s not on the radar anymore. I would be a little bit surprised if nobody came up with something
interesting, because as far as I could tell, I was able to come up with what I’ve done so far fairly
quickly. The difficulty ten years ago was that sentiment analysis wasn’t quite as good as it is today, so
maybe they didn’t have the tools. Now you can do it automatically, completely automatically by the
computer, and it’s becoming very, very useful for a lot of applications. At the same time, it was known,
because this is a public request for proposals from DARPA, that maybe you could use Twitter to predict
the future.
What almost all of that meant, and continues to mean in the forecasting business is if you ask people,
what do you think of this? And you take advantage of the crowd guessing what they think is going to
happen, can you use it to predict stocks, and can you use to predict events and so on. There are still
companies that are doing that. It sort of works, but it’s very different to what I’m talking about, because
I’m saying that our mood, our collective mood is feeling something that is unpredictable in the future
and unconscious, which is an important element here. We’re not asking people to predict anything.
We’re simply looking at their behavior and using that as a way to predict what is about to unfold.
So I’m going to stop there and I thank you for your kind attention. I think we’ll have a lot of time for
questions.
Great. Yes. Thank you, Dean, and invite you all to post your questions in the Q and A box for Dean and
we’ll get started. And I want to start out with one question for you, Dean, about what’s kind of the
theory, you know, normal materialist science says that’s not possible to predict something in the future
or that there’s something like a collective consciousness. I know there’s different theories, but kind of
what’s your leading edge theory of how this works within postmaterials scientific worldview?
Well, it depends on what the phenomenon is that we’re talking about. And some of the research we do,
like the Global Consciousness Project, we’re looking at a mind matter interaction. And in that case,
anytime we’re talking about a direct connection between mind and matter. If you look at that from the
point of view of reductive materialism, which is the main theory in science today, it’s very difficult to
understand how that could happen. So we need to look at other worldviews, other philosophical ways
of thinking about such things, and the two that are most easily accommodate the notion that mind and
matter can interact.
One would be idealism, which says that consciousness is fundamental. It’s more fundamental in the
physical world. The other approach is dual aspect monism, which says that the physical world is quite
real, it’s out there, it’s part of the fabric of reality, but the mental world is also quite real. And so these
two aspects of reality, then the matter side and the mind side, are imagined as emerging out of
something even more fundamental, which Carl Jung called the UNUS mundas, the one world, the one
thing which is completely holistic, out of which emerges mind and matter. So in today’s world, we’re
thinking of, well, what could that undist menundas be?
Well, we can’t know it directly because we live in a world with mind and matter. Some scientists and
scholars now are suggesting that it is a world of information. It’s like pure information. It’s not quite
physical, it’s not quite mental, it’s somehow mixed or both. So there’s an informational reality out there
from which the world, as we experience it, seems to arise.
The important thing about that particular world view is that mind and matter then become two sides of
the same coin, and as such, they become intimately related to each other. So if something happens in
the mental space, there has to be a reflection in the physical space. And in the neurosciences, that’s
exactly what you see. We’re seeing neural correlates of consciousness the brain is doing things as the
subjective mind is doing things. But this would say that it doesn’t stop with the brain and the mind.
It’s everywhere because now the mind part, if a lot of minds suddenly become very coherent, then
some aspect of the physical world is going to become coherent as well. So that’s where you need to
think about alternative worldviews. For what I’m talking about here, all we need is the possibility that
we can feel future events so we could still stick with materialism provided that we can entertain the
idea of retrocausality. So retro causality is okay in most physics in terms of the equations of physics are
times symmetric in most cases. So it’s not inconceivable that there is a retro causal element in our
experience and be able to feel the future as we see even in laboratory experiments.
But this is now on a very large scale and we’re talking then about changes in mood. And of course, as I
said, the real important question here is can we use this in a pragmatic way? So that was my original
impetus to look at these data, to see can we figure out how to look at these data in a way so we can tell
who, what, where, when? All of the rest I’m not sure we can do who because of who in this case is all
of us. But the other questions we might be able to answer absolutely.
That’s fascinating and I love the different explanations and even in materialist, more physics equations
that something like this could fit into the paradigm as we’re looking at it. That’s fascinating. And
actually a really interesting question here from Peter. He says we might guess that it is the negative
event that causes the reduced presentiment mood. But has anyone looked at whether a decline in mood
can cause the negative event?
So kind of looking at that coherence or not in the field causing something in the world or vice versa. So
what would you say to that? Yeah, this is a question that comes up a lot in thinking about the
precognition versus psychokinetic events. Are we causing the event or how do we do that? How do we
even think about it?
Well, for some kind of negative events like the death of a celebrity, so we think that the movement of
mood pushed by whatever reason, I mean it could be pushed by a lot of things. But does the collective
negative mood result in the death of a celebrity? Well, possibly, I guess. I hope not because that would
mean that any time the large scale mood is beginning to change that all kinds of negative things are
going to happen. And maybe we only see the ones that are like a death of a celebrity because it happens
to go into the media.
But could it affect everyone? Well, yeah, I guess so, right? I mean, there are other studies looking at the
mind matter interaction and suggesting that collective attention alone will create physical effects. So
there may be other things going on. So we know that solar wind is a correlate of some of these
phenomena and the geomagnetic field and maybe other effects that modulate these things.
There’s even evidence that sunspots modulate violence and more. So we’re being pushed around by all
kinds of complicated variables here. It’s usually not possible to know why something is unfolding and
in this case, from a scientific perspective, it would be very interesting to figure all that out. But again,
my push on this is pragmatic. Can we actually tell something in advance in a way that can be useful
and maybe at the same time we can be smart enough to figure out why it’s all working but I don’t think
we actually are smart enough to figure that out yet, we just know it’s an interesting question, right?
Seeing some symbols and signs of something happening in the larger field yeah, fascinating. And
Shelley’s asking some questions more about the individual. So talking about the collective field and she
says I’m curious about how it’s possible to see inside someone’s home never even met some people
she’s never even met, she calls them flashes, seeing people doing things and then within 1820 to 24
hours sees that person in the news or earthquake happen. So it seems just having an experience of
seeing something before it happens, how common is that? Or in your experience kind of this
precognition research, maybe you can speak to that a little bit?
Well, it’s common enough so that when we do experiments in the laboratory we can even under well
controlled conditions, we can see that people have disability. The next question most people want to
know then well yeah, it’s a real phenomenon. One of the most popular kind of spontaneous psychic
effects that occur are precognitions and dreams. So it happens, it’s there, but then people went, oh well,
how is it there? How is this possible?
Well, we don’t know yet exactly. We have to use terms like retro causation and there’s some physical
reasons to believe that but we know so little at this point about how does that information get into us? It
requires almost that part of our awareness is spread out in time and again, from a pragmatic
perspective, it doesn’t actually matter yet for us to understand theoretically why this is working, it’s
more useful at this point. And the reason why I’m focusing on the pragmatics is that the amount of
research funding available to do these kinds of studies is very low, like really low. In which case in
order to get people excited about it, you have to show not simply that it exists, which is scientifically
interesting, but that it can do something and then people, when there is moment that they can see that
this is actually useful, well, then funding would flow.
We’re moving in that direction but. That’s why then this particular project is looking at this particular
social media as a way of making these predictions, right? Yeah. So how is it usable in our world, either
for ourselves or into the world? And Russell is asking, might preventing a precognized event prevent
pre sentiment?
So it’s kind of that time effect. What do you say to that? Yeah, that’s the paradox I was referring to. If
you know that something is going to happen and you stop it, how did you know that in the first place?
Well, one of the ways of getting around that is that we imagine that the future is not fixed.
The reason that you’re getting information from the future is that it does not faded to occur. It’s not
deterministic, but rather probabilistic. So at any given time there is a probability that some event is
going to happen. And maybe what we’re picking up then are the probabilities of it. So even in the case
of a collective presentiment, maybe there’s a collective change in mood which is reflecting a
probability that something is about to occur.
So if it turned out that you had negative events happening like every two weeks, like a clock time, well,
then it’s no longer unpredictable, it would be predicted, but the probabilities of it would also be
extremely high because anytime you have a predicted event, obviously it’s going to happen. So it’s not
surprising. But that’s why the events that I’m looking at here are ones that would not be predictable. So
I don’t know, is this a case of people sensing the probability of something happening or feeling of an
event that actually occurred? There are a number of experiments have looked at this issue of is the
future fixed as invaded or is it probabilistic?
So I’ve done experiments in this, a few colleagues have done this. All of the experiments that I’ve done
have suggested that the future is probabilistic, something will probably occur. And then that gets
around the paradox too, because you could have something that occurs which is not quite as bad as it
would have been if you hadn’t known about it in advance. So this is relevant then to the notion of pre
crime. We wanted to stop a crime.
You need to have something happen in the future in order for us to have the prediction, but maybe we
can prevent it from being as bad as it would have been otherwise. So that’s the way I’m currently
thinking about it, because otherwise it makes your brain hurt when you start thinking about the paradox
that comes about and trying to stop something completely, in which case nothing would have come
back in the first place. Right? Yeah. Bringing to mind all kinds of different scifi movies and plays on
that time loop.
So it’s a really great question. And there’s a couple of other specific ones about this specific study
about why only Twitter, why not other things like Facebook did you have a reason why you chose
Twitter? Yeah, because Twitter has an API that allows you to draw the data. It wasn’t always free, but
now you can get the data for free. So it’s just a matter of, I don’t have any funding for this.
This is not a funded project, let’s put it that way. So maybe that’s why makes sense. And Ek is asking,
did you notice the same pattern with no event following? So maybe where sentiment was dropping, but
there was no negative event? Have you looked at something like that?
Yeah, that does happen. You do see long term fluctuations in mood and you see short term fluctuations,
and that’s the reason why it’s pulling out only the most negative events. So that’s why I had this
thresholding method where pulling out the most happy and the most sad, because I figured that if
people were really picking up something about a future negative event, you want to get the extreme
contrast there in order to be able to see it. Because even like we see in the laboratory, the effects that we
see are pretty small in magnitude, and so you want to optimize the chances of actually picking
something up. And the other thing is that these negative events, and the positive events too, they tend to
be carried by the media.
So when the event occurs, a lot of people are paying attention to that event. That’s reflected in Twitter
and Facebook and everywhere else. But I think there’s something about a lot of people paying attention
to that event that is perhaps something like the source, the reason why we’re all feeling it. Most of the
time, Twitter is sort of fluctuating around zero because there are people talking about what’s going on
in their daily lives. Occasionally something pops up in the media that attracts a lot of attention.
That’s the thing which I think is the actual source of this information. It’s not this ongoing noise,
essentially, which is just individual human events. Yeah, absolutely. I’m seeing a follow up from
Shelley also asking about if it’s stressful, if certain precognition things are coming and it’s stressful to
the individual. Have you seen that?
Or do you know places of how to work with this information as people are experiencing it? Well, the
usual concern here is that somebody saw something and didn’t intervene because maybe they didn’t
know how or who to contact and it happened and then they feel guilty about it, like an airplane crash or
something like that. If they figure, if I only had told somebody. Well, as you can imagine, people in law
enforcement and elsewhere are getting tips all the time and there’s simply not enough people around to
follow up everything. So I would say that at this point, I would say the evidence is not that strong,
suggesting that a precognitive event means that you’re causing that event.
I think it’s more like we’re perceiving something is happening, but not causing it. So since we can’t do
very much about that at this point, I would say, well, don’t worry about it because if you get the
information, you could send it up somewhere. There is a slight danger of doing that. If you make a
prediction of some kind of event that is a negative event and the event happens, you may be blamed for
that event. So this is particularly sensitive when it comes to things like terrorist activity because from a
conventional perspective they’re saying, how in the world could you know that?
The only way you can know that is if you were part of the reason for why the thing unfolded in the first
place. So for years there was, based in the UK, a central premonitions registry, which is a way to
anonymously give tips about precognitions that are occurring in a centralized place, which would be
useful because if a lot of people had similar predictions, you would have some reason than to go to law
enforcement and say, well, a lot of people are feeling something bad is going to happen at this
particular thing. That would be a cleaner and safer way of dealing with these kinds of information.
Because it’s true that I see from the questions that are already posted that people do get anticipations
about things that in fact do occur. But what do you do with it?
Well, we were thinking about creating a website that would have a new form of web based central
premonitions and then we started thinking about the liability associated with it. Even if it’s anonymous,
we’re starting to think that if we had a bunch of data suggesting that a certain plane crash was going to
happen, are we liable for that? Even the people who are collecting the data suddenly now have a certain
responsibility for these future events. And we decided after thinking about it for a while, that we didn’t
want to take on that responsibility. So I know there’s some people putting in Q and A here who have
had very interesting precognitions and have intervened by talking to people in law enforcement and
sometimes they do actually get effects that are useful.
It’s tricky though, like what do you do with all that? Yeah, see, as Ben is saying, yeah, you end up
crying in the shower and tell yourself you just get up and go again. That’s how you work it.
When we start taking it seriously, looking at it from a scientific and psychological and even around
governance and how we keep everyone safe, it’s really fascinating when we are able to open up all the
implications to this if we can sense into the future in the collective field. Yeah. So David is asking is
this experiment that you’re doing basically like the web bot experiment in the 2000s, looking at words
on the internet to predict the future? I don’t know if you know about that experiment and now is Twitter
the better way to do that? Yeah, so I do know about that, and it was quite interesting.
What I’m doing, which is quite different than that, is just looking at the sentiment of the words, right?
Not using the words as a way of predicting somebody’s going to say something, and then that word is
meaningful in the future. That would be necessary at the stage where you’re trying to figure out what is
the future event. So that will be part of this eventually. It’s much more difficult now than it used to be,
because when you look at something like a Twitter feed, you’re getting 10% of a randomly selected,
10% of the actual full data set.
But that’s already gigantic. It’s huge. So you have to build a fully automated way of doing this, which
means that you you don’t want to have the luxury, in a sense, of looking at individual words and trying
to see a pattern in it. It has to be automated. So a combination of algorithms and AI and other methods
are necessary in order to be able to do this.
That’s why in the hedometer site, that is completely automated, you can tell because the day after well,
it is up to date as of yesterday. So they’re pulling in all the data for one day. They crunch the data, and
then the chart is updated every day. So something like that would be necessary for this, where most of
the time, fortunately, there aren’t events that we care about so much. But eventually something is going
to happen.
And the algorithm has been looking at how the data is going and saying, well, there’s a lot of negativity
showing up in these tweets which are not based on anything as far as we can tell. So is Twitter the best
way? Well, as we already said, the data is free. You can get data from other sources. I think Reddit has
an API.
Few other places have APIs for a funded project. I would look at many, many different sources, like the
company peak metrics. They’re looking at a huge range, including even things like YouTube and Tik
Tok. So you would translate the words, translate the videos into transcripts, and you have those words,
and you can do the same thing with that. It would actually be really, really good to have multiple
sources.
So they have a way of testing that. This effect is not just seen in Twitter, but it’s a generalized effect
across social media. That would be great. That’s ideally what you would do. It would cost a lot to do
that, right?
Yeah. Sharon Joy is asking, how might such experiments connect with entanglement? With Nobel Prize
in physics given to quantum scientists might just become more attractive to funders. So how do these
things relate entanglement and precarion? Well, I don’t know that this would be directly relevant for
entanglement other than it appears from these kinds of experiments that minds are entangled.
There’s two ways of thinking about it. One is there’s a lot of people, millions or even billions of people
thinking about and anticipating something at the same time. So we’re picking up a scaled up effect. The
other way is that there’s just one mind, and we’re all little pieces of it. We’re little holographic pieces of
this giant mind thing.
It doesn’t really matter which one of those is the correct answer. What does matter is to not push this
too far is the pragmatics of it at this point. And this is not that unusual within science that people get
really excited when you can show that something is real. So entanglement, when it first was being
studied, as the reports have said, when Klausar was doing these experiments, he was warned not to do
them because it was considered to be mystical nonsense that physics didn’t care about. Hardly anybody
was looking at the fundamentals of quantum mechanics at the time.
So at the beginning of new knowledge, it’s very difficult for multiple reasons a lack of funding, a lack
of people’s interests, all kinds of things. So you kind of need to show why anybody would care about
this. Well, now, entanglement is extremely important because it’s being used in a variety of
technologies and is very important in the development of quantum computing. So huge amounts of
funding are flowing. But as I said back in the 70s, when Plaza was first doing this, there was zero
funding, and they were doing dumpster diving in order to get the equipment to do the experiment.
So I’m kind of at that same stage, I’m doing dumpster diving into Twitter feeds to see whether or not
we can come up with something that would excite people. Yeah, excite people. And like you said, to
make it pragmatic to be used. So that also funding and more interests can come into the field too, right?
Yeah.
Nate is asking a follow up question on the entanglement. One is, can’t mass meditations or healing
events account for a positive mood? Is there some research about that? Well, that’s a whole other talk
that’s about the global consciousness project and also studies that have been done by the transcendental
meditation organization looking at the effects of largescale meditations, not necessarily meditations for
peace, but just meditations, calming groups. So, yeah, there’s actually a fair amount of data suggesting
that the combination of meditation, coherent attention radiates out in some way from that group and
affects people in the vicinity by reducing violence and changing their mood.
But again, that’s a little bit more on the side of a mind matter interaction or perhaps that we’re mentally
connected in a way so that if there’s an enormous amount of agitation somewhere, we will feel more
agitated and vice versa. If there’s a lot of calm going on, we will feel calmer. So it’s not that unusual for
people who do meditation. If you do meditation by yourself, you can experience it a certain way. If you
meditate in a group, especially of experienced meditators, it’s a very dramatically different feeling.
So there’s there’s some sort of field effect that seems to go on in these kinds of collective experiences.
And that’s why I think something like that is going on. Even in predictions, we can feel the future
happening, where will happen? I don’t know what tends to use. Yes.
And do you think if we were another mass meditation, something like that would show up in although
it would be predicted event, do you think it would show up in the Twitter data or have you began
looking for planned positive events outside of Christmas and things like that? Well, anything that is
planned then the idea of anticipating it doesn’t make any sense. Right, because if it’s planned but it’s
secretly planned well, that would be interesting. That would be a test yeah. To see whether mood is
beginning to rise.
That kind of data would be very difficult to pick up on Twitter unless there was a group somewhere that
saying we’re going to get it, secretly get a thousand meditators together and do something. But nobody
knows about this other than those 1000 people. Well, yes, that would be a very interesting experiment
to do, because you could predict based on this kind of experiment, that Mood sentiment would begin to
actually rise towards that event. Now, the TM people say that you need a certain number of people in
order for this effect to occur, like the square root of 1% of the population or something like that. So
maybe 1000 is not enough.
But this again is where geolocation data would become very useful because maybe 1000 people would
affect the local area, but not the world at large. And so if we knew that, we could see what was
happening to people who are tweeting, who did not know about this big Meditation for Peace event.
Were there tweets affected? Well, we can in principle figure that out, right? Absolutely.
And it’s great that we can get the geolocation and see is there a local effect or not for some of these
events. Yeah. And Joe is asking, are there any particularly promising use cases for this phenomena as
an industrial application? You spoke a little to it, but you’re saying like predicting stock prices or
something else. Are there some good experiments or use cases out there right now?
Well, what people are using sentiment for now is prediction of the stock market and financial
instruments, as I said, success or failure of advertising campaigns, politics, any area where you’d want
to know is something working, especially if it’s working in the future. There are ways that people are
using it sentiment data for that, to my knowledge. I don’t know anyone else who’s been using
especially Twitter sentiment for making the kind of predictions that I’m interested in, because I’m
looking two weeks in advance and that seems to be the optimal amount. And I do have preliminary data
that I’ve been working on in the last couple of weeks to see if we can predict, literally prospectively
predict rather than retrospectively. And the answer seems to be yes.
So when the slope becomes particularly steep, it does seem to predict. And of course this is very
important because retrospectively is interesting, but if the prospective one would mean that we just
need to keep track of what the slopes are from day to day. And also when we know there’s a planned
event coming up that if we start seeing a positive slope, we’ll say, well, that’s because it’s going to be
Christmas in a week. If there’s a negative event and it’s not around some day of remembrance or
something that’s going to be sad. There is evidence that I’m seeing that, yes, there is a higher than
chance effect that what is going to happen is going to be very negative in somewhere between two and
14 days hence.
So then the next step, as I was saying, was where is that going to be and then when or what? Those are
the two remaining questions and I’m just now beginning to work on those. Wow. Yeah, that’s
fascinating. It’s really fascinating to see how we can use this real time information from Twitter,
massive amounts of information, to help give us a clue to what’s happening in the world.
It’s incredibly fascinating and I do have one more question for you, but I do want to give a couple of
announcements before and then we’ll wrap back to Dean’s final thoughts for the day. So I just wanted
to let you all know that next week we’ll be taking a break from our free webinars but for launching a
new special membersonly event called Interconnection. So if you are an Ions member, check your
email. And this is going to be an event designed to really foster community and actually be able to meet
and share with each other in small breakout groups. And we really heard from you that you wanted
more engagement and community.
So we are very excited to be launching that event next Friday. If you’re not currently a member, we’ll
send out that link. We’d love to have you join and we’ll be doing more and more of these kind of more
intimate community events for our members. And if you are a member, check your email for the link to
register. So we hope that you will join us in and then the following week we’ll be back live with our
connections.
Live at 11:00, a.m. Pacific for a panel discussing Earthbound Spirits and around the world. There are
cultures that believe that a person’s spirit can be trapped on Earth after they die and that phenomenon is
referred to as Earthbound Spirits. So if you’re curious to hear more, we have a great panel lined up
where our guests will share insights on from a scientific, clinical and personal perspective about this
phenomenon. So definitely join it’s right around Halloween too.
So we get to really sense into what is the current science and psychological perspectives about some of
these concepts that have been with us for a very long time in many cultures across the world. So we
hope you will join us there. And before we turn back to Dean for his final thoughts, I’d just like to
mention that these free programs as well as our scientific research are made possible with the generous
gifts from our members and donors. So just a huge thank you to everyone on the call who participates,
who chats, who donates, any way that you’re participating in this work. We are so grateful and we
couldn’t do it without you.
And if you are inspired, we invite you to go to Noec.org Give to make a special gift or become an Ions
member today so we can continue to offer these free programs. So great. Thanks again, everyone. And
Dean, I know now we just have a couple of minutes left, but I’d love to just hear your closing thoughts.
I know you’re mid research, you’ve given a lot of the implications of this, but what does that mean for
you or for any of us watching this, knowing that this research is happening?
Just some wrap up thoughts from you. Well, this is one of half a dozen projects that I’m working on at
various stages. My first two degrees were in electrical engineering. So the engineering side of me is
always looking for something pragmatic, something to make that will do something in the world be
useful in some way. The science side, my doctor is in experimental psychology.
It’s more of an interest in scientific issues like does this exist, how does that work, those kinds of things
which are not necessarily pragmatic and they take years before they turn into something. So this project
is I’m happy about this because it’s a little bit of both. There certainly are scientific issues involved
here. We need to figure out ways of using these kinds of, let’s say, non local consciousness phenomena
that can be immediately obvious to everyone why we would want to study these things. Because
they’re useful, that’s why.
This project, even though it’s at early stages and normally I don’t talk about something where I’m still
involved in working on it, I would normally wait until I had a paper or several papers published to talk
about something with higher confidence. But I figured that people are always interested in how their
own experiences relate to something that actually could be pragmatically useful. And so I thought I
would talk about it for this talk. Absolutely. Absolutely.
Well, thank you, Dean. I know we see a lot of thank yous coming in from the chat. So thank you for
this fascinating discussion. Thank you everyone for posting your thoughts and experiences and
questions. The chat and in the Q and A, we are so grateful and we’ll see you all soon.
Thanks again. Have a great week.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.